ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules

Input Modules 1756-IA8D, 1756-IA16, 1756-IA16I, 1756-IA32, 1756-IB16, 1756-IB16D, 1756-IB16I, 1756-IB32, 1756-IC16, 1756-IG16, 1756-IH16I, 1756-IM16I, 1756-IN16, 1756-IV16, 1756-IV32 Output Modules 1756-OA8, 1756-OA8D, 1756-OA8E, 1756-OA16, 1756-OA16I, 1756-OB8, 1756-OB8EI, 1756-OB8I, 1756-OB16D, 1756-OB16E, 1756-OB16I, 1756-OB16IS, 1756-OB32, 1756-OC8, 1756-OG16, 1756-OH8I, 1756-ON8, 1756-OV16E, 1756-OV32E, 1756-OW16I, 1756-OX8I User Manual

Important User Information
Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment. Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-1.1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices. Because of this difference, and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment, all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable. In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment. The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams. No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual. Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited. Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.
WARNING

Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.

IMPORTANT ATTENTION

Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.

Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.

SHOCK HAZARD

Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD

Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures.

Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Automation, Rockwell Software, Logix5000, RSLogix 5000, RSLogix, RSLogix, ControlLogix, RSNetWorx, RSNetWorx for ControlNet, RSLinx, PowerFlex 700S, Data Highway Plus, and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc. Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

Summary of Changes

Introduction

This release of this document contains updated information and specifications for ControlLogix digital I/O modules.

Documentation Revision

This document supersedes the ‘C’ version of 1756-UM058-EN-P. The ‘D’ version was not available to the public.

New Information

New information is marked by change bars in the side column, as shown to the right.
Section Chapter 2 and page 29 Module Information Information for scheduling I/O modules on the ControlNet network and setting up I/O modules to trigger event-based tasks. 1756-IA32 module - Features and module-specific information 1756-IG16 module - Features and module-specific information 1756-OB8I module - Features and module-specific information 1756-OB16IS module - Features and module-specific information 1756-OG16 module - Features and module-specific information 1756-OV32E module - Features and module-specific information Using electronic keying with examples of Exact Match, Compatible, and Disabled Keying. New digital I/O specifications. Requirements for firmware updates for Major Revision 3.x. Updated information on Interface Modules (IFMs) and pre-wired cables that are available with digital I/O modules.

Chapter 3 and page 143 Chapter 3 and page 161 Chapter 3 and page 200 Chapter 3 and page 212 Chapter 3 and page 221 Chapter 3 and page 233 Chapter 3

Chapter 7 Appendix F Appendix G

3Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

3

Summary of Changes

Notes:

4

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Table of Contents
Documentation Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 New Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Preface

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Who Should Use This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules?
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Available Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 I/O Module in the ControlLogix System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Module Identification and Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Use RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Internal Module Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Direct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Rack Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Suggestions for Rack Connection Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Input Module Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Input Modules in a Local Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Requested Packet Interval (RPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Change of State (COS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Trigger Event Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Input Modules in a Remote Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Remote Input Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Remote Input Modules Connected Via the EtherNet/IP Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Output Module Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Output Modules in a Local Chassis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Output Modules in a Remote Chassis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Remote Output Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Remote Output Modules Connected Via the EtherNet/IP Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Listen-only Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Multiple Owners of Input Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners . . 36

5Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

5

Table of Contents

Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Input Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Output Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Features on ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Modules. . . . . . . . . . 42 Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Module Fault Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Software Configurable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Electronic Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Module Inhibiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Use the System Clock to Timestamp Inputs, Schedule Outputs. . 52 Time-scheduled Output Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Producer/Consumer Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Status Indicator Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Full Class I Division 2 Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 UL, CSA, FM, CE, C-Tick, Ex, TÜV Agency Approvals . . . . . . . 55 Features Specific to Standard Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Data Transfer on Either Cyclic Time or Change of State . . . . . . . 56 Set RPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Enable Change of State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Software Configurable Filter Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Input Modules . . . . . . . . . 59 Multiple Input Point Densities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Features Specific to Standard Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Configurable Point-Level Output Fault States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Output Data Echo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Output Modules . . . . . . . 62 Multiple Output Point Densities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Electronic Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Field Power Loss Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Diagnostic Latch of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Fault and Status Reporting Between Input Modules and Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Fault and Status Reporting Between Output Modules and Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Diagnostic Input Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Diagnostic Output Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Features on ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Modules . . . . . . . . 70 Features Common to ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Modules 71 Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Module Fault Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Software Configurable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

6

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

. . . . . . . 100 RTB Types (each RTB comes with housing) . . . . . . .Table of Contents Electronic Keying . . . . 76 Features Specific to Diagnostic Input Modules . 89 Point-level Electronic Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Status Indicator Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE. . TÜV Agency Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Multiple Output Point Densities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 RTB Wiring Recommendations . . . . . .August 2010 . . . . 81 Features Specific to Diagnostic Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Choose the Extended-depth Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Field-side Output Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Connect the Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-Tick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Module Inhibiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Install the Removable Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Software Configurable Filter Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Key the Removable Terminal Block . . . . . . . 92 Diagnostic Change of State for Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Modules . . . 103 Assemble the Removable Terminal Block and Housing . . . . . . . . . . CSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Fault and Status Reporting Between Output Modules and Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Diagnostic Timestamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 7 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Use the System Clock to Timestamp Inputs. . 87 Pulse Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Diagnostic Change of State for Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Producer/Consumer Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Open Wire Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Field-power Loss Detection on Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Configurable Point-level Output Fault States . . . . 85 No Load Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Point-level Fault Reporting . . . . . . . . . 105 Cabinet Size Considerations with Extended-depth Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Field Wiring Options . . . 84 Electronic Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Multiple Input Point Densities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Install the I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Full Class I Division 2 Compliance. EEx. . . . . . . . . . 95 Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Field-power Loss Detection on Output Modules . . . . . 82 Output Data Echo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 8-Point AC/16-Point DC . . . . . . . . . . Schedule Outputs. . 74 UL. . . . . 93 Fault and Status Reporting Between Input Modules and Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Diagnostic Latch of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Input Online Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 1756-IH16I. . . . . . . 108 Remove the Module from the Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 1756-IA32. . . . . 120 Connection Tab . . . . . . . . 146 1756-IB16D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Configure I/O Modules in a Remote Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Introduction . . . 191 1756-OB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Configure a Standard Output Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Electronic Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 View and Change Module Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Create a New Module . . . .August 2010 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 1756-IA16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Configure a Diagnostic Output Module . . . . 143 1756-IB16. . . . . . . 176 1756-OA8. . . . . . . . . 122 Configure a Standard Input Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 1756-IC16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 1756-OA8D . . . . . . . . . 182 1756-OA8E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 1756-IA16I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 1756-IV32. . . . . . . . . 111 Configuration Process Overview . . 109 Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 1756-OA16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 1756-IG16 . . . . . . . . . . 152 1756-IB32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table of Contents Remove the Removable Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Output Online Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Edit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 1756-IM16I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 1756-IA8D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 1756-IN16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 1756-IV16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 1756-OA16I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Configure a Diagnostic Input Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Configuration Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Communication Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 1756-IB16I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Custom Settings (Modify Default Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perform Pulse Test. . 215 1756-OC8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Enter Message Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Introduction . . . . . . . . 245 Use RSLogix 5000 software for Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 1756-OB16I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Appendix B Tag Definitions Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1756-OW16I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Using Message Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 One Service Performed Per Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Processing Real-time Control and Module Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .August 2010 9 . . . 227 1756-OV16E . . . . . . . . . 270 Reset a Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 1756-OB16IS . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Use Timestamped Inputs and Scheduled Outputs. . . . 203 1756-OB16E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table of Contents 1756-OB8EI. . . 273 Perform a WHO to Retrieve Module Identification and Status . Reset Latched Diagnostics . . . 197 1756-OB8I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Status Indicators for Output Modules . . . . . . 264 Configuration Tab . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Review of Tags in Ladder Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 1756-OX8I . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Fault Type Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 1756-OH8I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 1756-OB16D . . . . . . . . . 218 1756-OG16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 1756-ON8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Communication Tab . . . . . . . 249 Standard and Diagnostic Output Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 1756-OB32 . . . . . . . . 249 Standard and Diagnostic Input Module Tags. . . . . . . 277 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Status Indicators for Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1756-OV32E . . 260 Create a New Tag. .

. . . . . . . 285 If Using an Exact Match Keying Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .August 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Glossary Index Cable Overview . . . . . . . . . . 285 If Using a Compatible or Disabled Keying I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Appendix F Major Revision Upgrades Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Determine the Maximum Number of Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Appendix E Motor Starters for Digital I/O Modules Motor Starter Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table of Contents Appendix D Choose Correct Power Supply Power Sizing Chart. 287 10 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . . . . . . . . . . . .

publication ENET-UM001 ControlLogix Selection Guide. 1756-IF8. in Chapter 7. 1756-A7. 1756-PC75 1756-PAXT. 1756-A17 1756-A5XT. publication 1756-UM514 ControlLogix-XT Data Highway Plus-Remote I/O Communication Interface Module Installation Instructions. publication 1756-IN638 EtherNet/IP Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual. 1756-OF8 1756-CNB. If you need additional information. 1756-IF6I. 1756-PB75. 1756-A4. publication 1756-UM009 ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems. There is also a complete listing of digital input and output modules. 1756-PB72. 1756-OF6CI. publication 1756-IN637 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions. The following table lists related ControlLogix products and documentation. 1756-A4LXT. Related Documentation Cat. 1756-CNBR 1756-DNB 1756-DHRIO Resource ControlLogix Chassis.August 2010 11 . publication 1756-IN080 ControlLogix-XT Chassis Installation Instructions. 1756-IF6CIS. 1756-IR6I. 1756-IT6I2. refer to the related documentation listed below. 1756-A13. No. publication 1756-IN639 ControlLogix Analog I/O Modules User Manual. 1756-OF6VI. publication 1756-SG001 1756-DHRIOXT 1756-ENBT. 1756-A7LXT 1756-PA72. publication 1756-IN613 ControlLogix-XT Power Supplies Installation Instructions. publication DNET-UM004 ControlLogix Data Highway Plus-Remote I/O Communication Interface Module User Manual.Preface Introduction This manual describes how to install. 1756-PH75. publication CNET-UM001 DeviceNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual. and troubleshoot your ControlLogix digital I/O modules. 1756-PA75. 1756-A10. Series B Installation Instructions. 1756-IT6I. configure. 1756-PBXT 1756-IF16. 1756-OF4. Who Should Use This Manual Additional Resources You must be able to program and operate a Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controller to efficiently use your digital I/O module. including specifications and wiring diagrams. 1769-ENET 1756-Lx 11Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

1769-Lx.rockwellautomation. 1789-Lx. The documentation listed in the Related Documentation table is available at http://www. 12 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . PowerFlex 700S 1756-Lx. 1769-Lx. contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales office. publication 1756-RM003 If you need more information on these products. PowerFlex 700S ControlLogix System User Manual.August 2010 . publication 1756-UM001 Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual. 1789-Lx. publication 1756-PM001 Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual.com/literature/.Preface Related Documentation 1756-Lx 1756-Lx.

digital I/O modules can produce information when needed while providing additional system functions. Division 2.August 2010 13 . agency certification for any application that requires approval. Topic I/O Module in the ControlLogix System Types of ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Parts Illustration of the ControlLogix Digital I/O Module Page 14 14 16 ControlLogix digital I/O modules are input/output modules that provide On/Off detection and actuation. Producer/consumer communication System time stamp of data Module level fault reporting and field-side diagnostic detection Agency Certification 13Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . ControlLogix Digital I/O Module Features Feature Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) Description You can remove and insert modules and removable terminal blocks (RTB) while power is applied. Fault and diagnostic detection capabilities that provide you the information necessary to most effectively and efficiently use your module and troubleshoot your application. By using the producer/consumer network model. This communication is an intelligent data exchange between modules and other system devices in which each module produces data without first being polled. Available Features The table lists several features available on ControlLogix digital I/O modules. Class 1.Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules? Introduction This chapter provides an overview of the ControlLogix digital I/O modules to explain to you how they operate. A 64-bit system clock places a time stamp on the transfer of data between the module and its owner-controller within the local chassis.

IMPORTANT RTBs and IFMs are not included with your module purchase. 1756-TBNH.Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules? I/O Module in the ControlLogix System ControlLogix modules mount in a ControlLogix chassis and use a removable terminal block (RTB) or a Bulletin 1492 Interface Module(1) cable to connect all field-side wiring. refer to the publications listed in Additional Resources on page 11. 14 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No. • order and receive an RTB or IFM and its components for your application. you should: • install and ground a 1756 chassis and power supply. 1756-TBSH.. See page 101 for RTBs and page 287 for IFMs. To install these products.. Types of ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Cat. 1756-IA8D 1756-IA16 1756-IA16I 1756-IA32 1756-IB16 1756-IB16D 1756-IB16I 1756-IB32 1756-IC16 1756-IG16 1756-IH16I 1756-IM16I 1756-IN16 1756-IV16 1756-IV32 1756-OA8 1756-OA8D 1756-OA8E 1756-OA16 1756-OA16I 1756-OB8 (1) Description 79…132V AC 8-point diagnostic input module 74…132V AC 16-point input module 79…132V AC 16-point isolated input module 74…132V AC 32-point input module 10…31. Before you install and use your module. and 1756-TBS6H).August 2010 . 265V AC 16-point output module 74…265V AC 16-point isolated output module 10…30V DC 8-point output module Page 134 137 140 143 146 149 152 155 158 161 164 167 170 173 176 179 182 185 188 191 194 The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs (1756-TBCH.2V DC 32-point input module 30…60V DC 16-point input module Transitor-transitor logic (TTL) input module 90…146V DC 16-point isolated input module 159…265V AC 16-point isolated input module 10…30V AC 16-point input module 10…30V DC 16-point sourcing current input module 10…30V DC 32-point sourcing current input module 74…265V AC 8-point output module 74…132V AC 8-point diagnostic output module 74…132V AC 8-point e-fused output module 74.2V DC 16-point input module 10…30V DC diagnostic input module 10…30V DC 16-point isolated input module 10…31. Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency.

2V DC 32-point output module 30…60V DC 8-point output module Transitor-transitor logic (TTL) output module 90…146V DC 8-point isolated output module 10…30V AC 8-point output module 10…30V DC 16-point e-fused sinking current output module 10…30V DC 32-point electronically-fused sinking current output module 10…265V.2…30V DC 16-point diagnostic output module 10…31. 5-150V DC 16-point isolated contact module 10…265V. 1756-OB8EI 1756-OB8I 1756-OB16D 1756-OB16E 1756-OB16I 1756-OB16IS 1756-OB32 1756-OC8 1756-OG16 1756-OH81 1756-ON8 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E 1756-OW16I 1756-OX8I Description 10…30V DC 8-point isolated output module 19.2V DC 16-point e-fused output module 10…30V DC 16-point isolated output module 10…30V DC scheduled. 5-150V DC 8-point isolated contact module Page 200 203 206 209 212 215 218 221 224 227 230 233 236 239 10…30V DC 8-point e-fused isolated output module 197 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules? Chapter 1 Types of ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Cat.August 2010 15 . No. isolated output module 10…31.

power. Indicators help in troubleshooting anomalies. module health. Locking tab . Slots for keying .Input/output.Guides provide assistance in seating the RTB or IFM cable onto the module.Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules? Parts Illustration of the ControlLogix Digital I/O Module DC OUTPUT 3 ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K 5 Removable Terminal Block 2 1 4 6 40200-M Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Description Backplane Connector . and input/output devices.Mechanically keys the RTB to prevent inadvertently making the wrong wire connections to your module.The locking tab anchors the RTB or IFM cable on the module. Top and bottom guides . Status indicators .August 2010 . 16 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . and grounding connections are made to the module through these pins with the use of an RTB or IFM. maintaining wiring connections.Indicators display the status of communication. Connectors pins .Interface for the ControlLogix system that connects the module to the backplane.

For example.August 2010 17 . for example Allen-Bradley Module serial number Number of characters in module’s text string Module’s ASCII text string description IMPORTANT You must perform a WHO service to retrieve this information. Module Identification and Status Information Item Product type Product code Major revision Minor revision Status Description Module’s product type.What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules? Chapter 1 Module Identification and Status Information Each ControlLogix I/O module maintains specific identification information that separates it from all other modules. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . such as Digital I/O or Analog I/O module Module’s catalog number Module’s major revision number Module’s minor revision number Module’s status that shows the following information: • Controller ownership (if any) • Whether module has been configured • Device Specific Status. such as: • Self-Test • Flash update in progress • Communications fault • Not owned (outputs in Program mode) • Internal fault (need flash update) • Run mode • Program mode (output mods only) • Minor recoverable fault • Minor unrecoverable fault • Major recoverable fault • Major unrecoverable fault Vendor Serial number Length of ASCII text string ASCII text string Module manufacturer vendor. See page 275 for procedures on retrieving module identification information. This information assists you in tracking all the components of your system. While retrieving module identity. you can track module identification information to be aware of exactly what modules are located in any ControlLogix rack at any time. you can also retrieve the module’s status.

Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules? Notes: 18 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 .

Each ControlLogix I/O module must continuously maintain communication with its owner-controller to operate normally. Topic Ownership Use RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software Internal Module Operations Connections Input Module Operation Input Modules in a Local Chassis Trigger Event Tasks Input Modules in a Remote Chassis Output Module Operation Output Modules in a Local Chassis Output Modules in a Remote Chassis Listen-only Mode Multiple Owners of Input Modules Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners Page 19 20 21 23 27 27 29 29 32 32 33 35 35 36 Ownership Every I/O module in the ControlLogix system must be owned by a RSLogix 5000 controller. Digital I/O modules transfer data to devices that require just one bit to be represented (0 or 1). • can be local or remote in regard to the I/O module’s position. For example. This owner-controller: • stores configuration data for every module that it owns.August 2010 19 .Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Introduction I/O modules are the interface between the controller and the field devices that comprise the ControlLogix system. 19Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . a switch is open or closed. • sends the I/O module configuration data to define the module’s behavior and begin operation with the control system. or a light is on or off.

August 2010 . are ready to run as soon as the configuration data has been downloaded. 2. Configure all I/O modules for a given controller by using RSLogix 5000 programming software and download that information to the controller. For more information on the increased flexibility provided by multiple owners and the ramifications by using multiple owners. however. you must schedule the network by using RSNetWorx for ControlNet software. Use RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software The I/O configuration portion of the RSLogix 5000 programming software generates the configuration data for each I/O module in the control system. to enable scheduled connections to I/O modules on the ControlNet network. and modules in a remote chassis connected via the EtherNet/IP network. Running RSNetWorx software transfers configuration data to I/O modules on a scheduled ControlNet network and establishes a network update time (NUT) for the ControlNet network that is compliant with the desired communication options specified for each module during configuration. each module in the system will have only one owner. 20 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . or unscheduled connections on the ControlNet network. Output modules. Input modules can have more than one owner. RSLogix 5000 configuration data is transferred to the controller during the program download and subsequently transferred to the appropriate I/O modules. also known as networked. I/O modules in the local chassis. whether the module is in a local or remote chassis. run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software to schedule the network. 1. However. If the I/O configuration data references a scheduled connection to a module in a remote chassis connected via the ControlNet network. Refer to the following general steps when configuring I/O modules. you must run RSNetWorx software to configure the ControlNet network. A remote chassis. see Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners on page 36. Anytime a controller references a scheduled connection to I/O modules on a scheduled ControlNet network. are limited to a single owner.Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Typically. A remote chassis can be connected to the controller via a scheduled connection on the ControlNet network or an EtherNet/IP network. contains the I/O module but not the module’s owner-controller.

ControlLogix input modules receive a signal at the RTB and process it internally (that is. perform an online save of the RSLogix 5000 project so the configuration information that RSNetWorx software sends to the controller is saved. we recommend that you run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software to reschedule the network and optimize the allocation of network bandwidth. For example. this typical time reflects a filter time of 0 ms for a DC input. Input Modules As shown in the illustration below. Hardware Filter ASIC 42701 Signal Applied at the RTB Signal Sent to Backplane Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . filter delay. and some are inherent to the module hardware. IMPORTANT You must run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software whenever a new I/O module is added to a scheduled ControlNet chassis. When a module is permanently removed from a remote chassis. there is a small delay (typically less than 1 ms) between when a signal is applied at the RTB of a ControlLogix input module and when a signal is sent to the system over the backplane. This section offers an explanation of the time limitations with ControlLogix I/O modules. Internal Module Operations ControlLogix I/O modules experience signal propagation delays that must be accounted for during operation. After running RSNetWorx software. hardware delay. Some of these delays are user-selectable.August 2010 21 . The RPI is a configured interval of time that determines when a module’s data is sent to the controller. ASIC delay) before sending a signal to the backplane via the requested packet interval (RPI) or at a Change of State (COS) occurrence.Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 3.

User configuration varies between modules.Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System The table defines some of the delay factors that affect the signal propagation on a module. 1. the signal propagation delay is affected by: • hardware delay to energize the input (typically 290 µs on this module). ASIC scan = 200 µs. Delay Hardware Description How the module is configured and the variance between the type of modules affects how the signal is processed. if you are turning on a 1756-IB16 module at 24V DC in 25 °C (77 °F) conditions. • ASIC scan (200 µs). For example. ASIC delay and hardware delay) before sending a signal to the output device via the RTB. A typical delay time can be estimated despite the number of factors that may contribute.August 2010 . the 1756-IB16 module has a 490 µs signal propagation delay. or 2 ms). Filter ASIC EXAMPLE DC Output Modules ControlLogix output modules receive a signal from the controller and process it internally (that is. We list nominal and maximum delay times for each module in Chapter 7. thus affecting the signal propagation. ASIC Delay Hardware Delay Signal Received from Controller 42702 Signal Sent from RTB Output Point 22 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . These times are not guaranteed. • user-configurable filter time (0. In the worst case scenario (with a filter time of 0 ms).

We list nominal and maximum delay times for each module in Chapter 7. A typical delay time can be estimated despite the number of factors that may contribute. Input and data echo information is limited to general faults and data. EXAMPLE DC Connections With respect to ControlLogix I/O modules. These are the connections: • Direct connections • Rack connections The table lists the advantages/disadvantages of each connection type. a connection is the data transfer link between a controller and an I/O module. if you are turning on a 1756-OB16E module at 24V DC in 25 °C (77 °F) conditions. • ASIC scan (200 µs). Rack connections Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the 1756-OB16E module has a 270 µs signal propagation delay. your system does not operate as efficiently as with rack connections. Disadvantages With more data transferring over the network. In the worst case scenario.August 2010 23 . Connection usage is economized. including diagnostic information and fusing data. These times are not guaranteed. The owner-controller has a single RPI value for each connection. Connection Type Direct connections Advantages All input and data echo information is transferred. the signal propagation delay is affected by: • hardware delay to energize the output (typically 70 µs on this module). For example.Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 The table defines some of the delay factors that affect the signal propagation on a module. Delay ASIC Hardware Description ASIC scan = 200 µs typical How the module is configured and the variance between the type of modules affects how the signal is processed.

If the bridge module is selected for the Listen-only rack option. In this case. the configuration data can be inappropriate for any of a number of reasons. the controller attempts to establish a direct connection to each of the modules referenced by the data. causes the controller to set fault status bits in the data area associated with the module. The RSLogix 5000 programming software monitors this data area to annunciate the modules’ failures. For example. Rack Connections When a digital I/O module is located in a remote chassis (with respect to its owner). 24 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . a module’s configuration data may be appropriate except for a mismatch in electronic keying that prevents normal operation. the controller periodically checks for the presence of a device there. If the configuration data is not appropriate. This depends on the bridge module configuration. When a device’s presence is detected there. the data is rejected and an error message appears in the software. The controller maintains and monitors its connection with a module. such as module faults or removal of the module from the chassis while under power. then the I/O module allows only the Listen-only rack option. If a controller has configuration data referencing a slot in the control system. Any break in the connection. a connection is made and operation begins.Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Direct Connections A direct connection is a real-time data transfer link between the controller and the device that occupies the slot that the configuration data references. When module configuration data is downloaded to an owner-controller.August 2010 . If the data is appropriate to the module found in the slot. the controller automatically sends the configuration data. you may choose rack optimization or listen-only rack optimization in the Comm Format pull-down menu during the initial module configuration.

you must configure the Communication Format for both the remote I/O module and the remote 1756-CNB module or Ethernet module.August 2010 25 . If you use Rack Optimization for both modules. the controller makes two connections to the same chassis (one for each format) and the same data travels across the ControlNet network. you preserve bandwidth and configure your system to operate more efficiently.Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 A rack connection economizes connection usage between the owner-controller and digital I/O in the remote chassis. Make sure you configure both modules for Rack Optimization. The input (or data echo) information is limited to general faults and data. That RPI value accommodates all digital I/O modules in the rack connection. in any combination of direct or rack. IMPORTANT Because rack connections are applicable only in applications that use a remote chassis. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . you can use a rack connection between an owner-controller and multiple remote I/O modules while simultaneously using a direct connection between that same controller and any other I/O modules in the same remote chassis. the owner-controller has a single rack connection with a single RPI value. IMPORTANT Each controller can establish connections. No additional status (for example. If you choose a different Communication Format for each. In other words. Rather than having several direct connections with individual RPI values. diagnostic) is available.

• your owner-controller is running low on connections.Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System The illustration below shows how this rack connection option eliminates the need for three separate connections. IMPORTANT Rack connections are available only to digital I/O modules. do not use a rack connection for diagnostic I/O modules or fused output modules. However. The owner-controller in the local chassis communicates with all the I/O modules in the remote chassis but uses only one connection.August 2010 . Local Chassis Remote Chassis Rack connection for all I/O in remote chassis ControlNet 41021 Suggestions for Rack Connection Usage We recommend that you use a rack connection for applications in which: • standard digital I/O modules are used. Diagnostic and fused output data will not be transferred over a rack connection. This defeats the purpose of using those modules. The ControlNet bridge module sends data from the modules simultaneously at the RPI. • non-fused digital output modules are used. 26 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Chapter 2

Input Module Operation

In traditional I/O systems, controllers poll input modules to obtain their input status. In the ControlLogix system, a controller does not poll digital input modules. Instead, the modules multicast their data either upon Change of State or periodically. The frequency depends on the options chosen during configuration and where in the control system that input module physically resides.
IMPORTANT

This is called the Producer/Consumer model. The input module is the producer of input data and the controller is the consumer of the data.

All ControlLogix inputs are updated asynchronous to the controller’s task execution. In other words, an input may be updated in the controller at any time during the controller’s execution of the tasks it is configured to run. The input device determines when the input is sent, based on its configuration. An input module’s behavior also varies depending upon whether it operates in the local chassis or in a remote chassis. The following sections detail the differences in data transfers between these set-ups.

Input Modules in a Local Chassis

When a module resides in the same chassis as the owner-controller, the following two configuration parameters will affect how and when an input module multicasts data: • Requested Packet Interval (RPI) • Change of State (COS)

Requested Packet Interval (RPI)
This interval defines the slowest rate at which a module multicasts its data to the owner-controller. The time ranges from 200 µs…750 ms and is sent to the module with all other configuration parameters. When the specified time frame elapses, the module will multicast data. This is also called a cyclic update.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

27

Chapter 2

Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Change of State (COS)
This parameter instructs the module to transfer data whenever a specified input point transitions from On to Off or Off to On. The transition is referred to as a Change of State.
IMPORTANT

The module’s Change of State (COS) feature defaults to Enabled for both On to Off and Off to On.

COS selection occurs on a per-point basis, but all module data is multicast when any point enabled for COS changes state. COS is more efficient than RPI because it multicasts data only when a change occurs.
IMPORTANT

You must specify an RPI regardless of whether you enable COS. If a change does not occur within the RPI timeframe, the module still will multicast data at the rate specified by the RPI.

For example, if an input is changing state consistently every two seconds and the RPI is set at 750 ms, the data transfer will look like the illustration.

= COS Multicast 250 = RPI Multicast 500 750 1 Second 1250 1500 1750 2250 2500 2750 3 Seconds 3250
41381

2 Seconds

Because the RPI and COS functions are asynchronous to the program scan, it is possible for an input to change state during program scan execution. The point must be ‘buffered’ to prevent this from occurring. Copy the input data from your input tags to another structure and use the data from there. TIP To minimize traffic and conserve bandwidth, we recommend you use a larger RPI value if the COS option is used and the module is in the same chassis as its owner.

28

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Chapter 2

Trigger Event Tasks
When configured, ControlLogix digital input modules can trigger an event task. The event task lets you execute a section of logic immediately when an event (that is, receipt of new data) occurs. Your ControlLogix digital I/O module can trigger event tasks whenever module input data state changes (for example when a COS occurs). Refer to these considerations when using a digital input module to trigger an event task. • Only one input module can trigger a specific event task. • Input modules trigger the event task based on the module’s COS configuration. The COS configuration defines which points prompt the module to produce data if they turn On or Off. This production of data (due to COS) triggers the event task. • Typically, enable COS for only one point on the module. If you enable COS for multiple points, a task overlap of the event task may occur. For more information on using event tasks, see the Logix5000 Controllers Tasks, Programs, and Routines Programming Manual, publication 1756-PM005.

Input Modules in a Remote Chassis

If an input module physically resides in a chassis other than where the owner-controller is (that is, a remote chassis connected via the ControlNet network), the role of the RPI and the module’s COS behavior changes slightly with respect to getting data to the owner. The RPI and COS behavior still define when the module will multicast data within its own chassis (as described in the previous section). But, only the value of the RPI determines when the owner-controller will receive it over the network.

Remote Input Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network
When an RPI value is specified for an input module in a remote chassis connected by a scheduled ControlNet network, in addition to instructing the module to multicast data within its own chassis, the RPI also ‘reserves’ a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet network. The timing of this ‘reserved’ spot may or may not coincide with the exact value of the RPI. But, the control system will guarantee that the owner-controller will receive data at least as often as the specified RPI.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

29

Chapter 2

Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

As shown in the illustration below, the input data within the remote chassis is multicast at the configured RPI. The ControlNet bridge module sends input data back to the owner-controller at least as often as the RPI.
Local Chassis Remote Chassis

Multicast data

ControlNet
40947

The module’s RPI and ‘reserved’ spot on the network are asynchronous to each other. This means there are best and worst case scenarios as to when the owner-controller will receive updated channel data from the module in a networked chassis.

Best Case RPI Multicast Scenario
In the best case scenario, the module performs an RPI multicast with updated channel data just before the ‘reserved’ network slot is made available. In this case, the remotely-located owner receives the data almost immediately.

Worst Case RPI Multicast Scenario
In the worst case scenario, the module performs an RPI multicast just after the ‘reserved’ network slot has passed. In this case, the owner-controller will not receive data until the next available network slot.
IMPORTANT

Enabling the COS feature on an input module in a remote chassis allows the module to multicast data at both the RPI rate and when the input changes state. This helps to reduce the worst case time.

30

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Chapter 2

When selecting values for the remotely located module’s RPI, system throughput is optimized when its RPI value is a power of two times the current NUT running on the ControlNet network. For example, the following table shows recommended RPI values for a system by using a NUT of 5 ms.
Recommended RPI Values for System by Using NUT of 5 ms NUT=5 ms Optimal RPI Values (ms) x20 5 ms x21 10 ms x22 20 ms x23 40 ms x24 80 ms x25 160 ms x26 320 ms x27 640 ms

Remote Input Modules Connected Via the EtherNet/IP Network
When remote digital input modules are connected to the owner-controller via an EtherNet/IP network, data is transferred to the owner-controller in the following way: • at the RPI, the module produces data within its own chassis. • at the COS (if enabled), the 1756 Ethernet bridge module in the remote chassis immediately sends the module’s data over the network to the owner-controller as long as it has not sent data within a timeframe that is one-quarter the value of the digital input module’s RPI. This prevents flooding the network with data. For example, if a digital input module uses an RPI = 100 ms, the Ethernet module sends module data immediately on receiving it if another data packet was not sent within the last 25 ms. TIP For more information, see the Guidelines to Specify an RPI Rate for I/O Modules section in the Logix5000 Controllers Design Considerations Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM094.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

31

Chapter 2

Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System

Output Module Operation

An owner-controller sends output data to an output module when either one of two things occur: • at the end of every one of its tasks (local chassis only). • at the rate specified in the module’s RPI. When an output module physically resides in a remote chassis, with respect to the owner-controller, the owner-controller sends data to the output module only at the RPI rate specified for the module. Updates are not performed at the end of the owner-controller’s tasks. Whenever the module receives data from the controller, it immediately multicasts the output commands it received to the rest of the system. The actual output data is echoed by the output module as input data and multicast back out onto the network. This is called Output Data Echo.
IMPORTANT

In this Producer/Consumer model, the output module is the consumer of the controller’s output data and the producer of the data echo.

Output Modules in a Local Chassis

The owner-controller updates ControlLogix digital output modules in the local chassis at the end of every task and at the RPI. When you specify an RPI value for a digital output module, you instruct the owner-controller when to broadcast the output data to the module. If the module resides in the same chassis as the owner-controller (see illustration below), the module receives the data almost immediately after the owner-controller sends it (backplane transfer times are small).

Data sent at end of every task and at the RPI

40949

Depending on the value of the RPI, with respect to the length of the program scan, the output module can receive and ‘echo’ data multiple times during one program scan.

32

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Updates are not performed at the end of the controller’s tasks. the owner-controller sends data to the output module only at the RPI rate specified. as shown in the illustration below. the RPI also ‘reserves’ a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet network. a remote chassis connected via the ControlNet network).August 2010 33 . Local Chassis Remote Chassis Data sent from owner-controller Output data at least as often as RPI ControlNet 42675 The ‘reserved’ spot on the network and the output data sent by the controller are asynchronous to each other. in addition to instructing the owner-controller to multicast the output data within its own chassis. But. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Remote Output Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network When an RPI value is specified for an output module in a remote chassis connected to the owner-controller by a scheduled ControlNet network. the control system will guarantee that the output module will receive data at least as often as the specified RPI. The timing of this ‘reserved’ spot may or may not coincide with the exact value of the RPI.Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 Output Modules in a Remote Chassis If an output module physically resides in a chassis other than that of the owner-controller (that is. This means there are Best and Worst Case scenarios as to when the owner-controller will receive updated channel data from the module in a networked chassis. In addition. with respect to getting data from the owner-controller. the role of the RPI for a remote output module changes slightly.

August 2010 . if your application uses: • • 1756-CNB/D or 1756-CNBR/D modules. the controller sends output data: • at the end of each program scan within the local chassis. The receipt of new data is a function of the length of the user program and its asynchronous relationship with the RPI. the owner-controller sends the output data just after the ‘reserved’ network slot has passed. 34 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The owner-controller updates remotely-located digital output modules at the end of each task as well as at the RPI. the owner-controller sends the output data just before the ‘reserved’ network slot is made available. They do not take into account the user program time in the owner-controller. An IOT sends data immediately and resets the RPI timer. Worst Case RPI Multicast Scenario In the worst case scenario. as described earlier in this section.Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Best Case RPI Multicast Scenario In the best case scenario. • when either the RPI timer expires or an Immediate Output (IOT) instruction. In this case. version 8 or later. the output module does not receive data until the next available network slot. In this case. IMPORTANT These best and worst case scenarios indicate the time required for output data to transfer from the owner-controller to the module once the owner-controller has produced it. is executed. if programmed. RSLogix 5000 software. the remotely located output module receives the data almost immediately. Remote Output Modules Connected Via the EtherNet/IP Network When remote digital output modules are connected to the owner-controller via an EtherNet/IP network.

If the connection between the owner-controller and module is broken. Controller A and Controller B both have been configured to be the owner-controller of the same input module. In this instance. ‘echoed’ output data. Choosing a ‘Listen’ mode option allows the controller and module to establish communication without the controller sending any configuration data. In the illustration. IMPORTANT Only input modules can have multiple owners. For more information. If multiple owners are connected to the same input module. see Communication Format in Chapter 6. controllers will continue to receive data multicast from the I/O module as long as the connection between the owner-controller and I/O module is maintained. This even applies if the controller does not own the module (that is. they must maintain identical configuration for that module. or ‘echoed’ diagnostic information). it does not have to hold the module’s configuration data to listen to the module). Initial Configuration A Input B Initial Configuration Input Module Configuration Data Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx A B Input Module Configuration Data Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx 41056 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Multiple Owners of Input Modules Because ‘Listening controllers’ lose their connections to modules when communication with the owner-controller stop. IMPORTANT In the Listen-only mode.Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 Listen-only Mode Any controller in the system can listen to the data from any I/O module (for example. input data. During the I/O configuration process. another controller owns the module being listened to. the module stops multicasting data and connections to all ‘Listening controllers’ are also broken.August 2010 35 . you can specify one of several ‘Listen’ modes in the Comm Format pull-down menu. the ControlLogix system lets you define more than one owner-controller for input modules.

The advantage of multiple owners over a ‘Listen-mode’ connection is that now either of the controllers can break the connection to the module and the module will continue to operate and multicast data to the system because of the connection maintained by the other controller. the module rejects the connection and the user is informed by an error in the software or programatically via a ladder logic program. unaware that any changes have been made in the module’s behavior. When changing configuration for a module with multiple owners. Controller A. as illustrated below. we recommend the connection be inhibited. Whichever controller’s configuration data arrives first (shown as A and B in the illustration) establishes a connection. and sent to the module. If the configuration data sent by the second controller matches the data sent by the first controller. A Input B Initial Configuration Initial Configuration Input Module Configuration Data Xxxxx Zzzzz Xxxxx A B Input Module Configuration Data Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx 41057 IMPORTANT A pop-up screen in RSLogix 5000 software alerts you to the possibility of a multiple owner-controller situation and lets you inhibit the connection before changing the module’s configuration. 36 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the module compares it to its current configuration data (the data received and accepted from the first controller).August 2010 . that configuration data is accepted as the new configuration for the module. When the second controller’s data arrives.Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System As soon as a controller receives its user program. that connection is also accepted. for example. it will try to establish a connection with the input module. Controller B will continue to listen. When the configuration data is changed in one of the owners. If any parameter of the second configuration data is different from the first. Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners You must be careful when changing an input module’s configuration data in a multiple owner scenario.

1. making the exact same changes in all controllers.August 2010 37 . For each owner-controller. do the following steps when changing a module’s configuration in a multiple owner-controller scenario while online. either in the software on the Connection tab or the pop-up window warning of the multiple owner-controller condition. 3. 4. For detailed information on using RSLogix 5000 software to change configuration.Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 To prevent other owners from receiving potentially erroneous data. inhibit the controller’s connection to the module. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . see Chapter 6. 2. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for all owner-controllers. Make the appropriate configuration data changes in the software. Disable the Inhibit box in each owner’s configuration.

Chapter 2 Digital I/O Operation in the ControlLogix System Notes: 38 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 .

output data echo.2V DC 16-point input module 10…30V DC 16-point isolated input module 10…31.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Introduction This chapter describes devices compatible with ControlLogix I/O modules and features that are specific to various modules. Topic Input Module Compatibility Output Module Compatibility Features on ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Modules Features Specific to Standard Input Modules Features Specific to Standard Output Modules Fault and Status Reporting Between Input Modules and Controllers Fault and Status Reporting Between Output Modules and Controllers Page 40 41 42 56 60 66 67 Before proceeding. Cat. field power loss detection. No.August 2010 39 . we suggest you take a few minutes to review a list of standard digital I/O modules.2V DC 32-point input module 30…60V DC 16-point input module Transitor-transitor logic (TTL) input module 90…146V DC 16-point isolated input module 159…265V AC 16-point isolated input module 10…30V AC 16-point input module 10…30V DC 16-point sourcing current input module 10…30V DC 32-point sourcing current input module 74…265V AC 8-point output module 74…132V AC 8-point e-fused output module 39Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . and diagnostic latch of information. fusing. 1756-IA16 1756-IA16I 1756-IA32 1756-IB16 1756-IB16I 1756-IB32 1756-IC16 1756-IG16 1756-IH16I 1756-IM16I 1756-IN16 1756-IV16 1756-IV32 1756-OA8 1756-OA8E Description 74…132V AC 16-point input module 79…132V AC 16-point isolated input module 74…132V AC 32-point input module 10…31. The latter two options are available only on the 1756-OA8E module. Some of these features include data transfer on either Change of State or Cyclic Time.

push button switches. selector switches. No.August 2010 . 1756-OA16 1756-OA16I 1756-OB8 1756-OB8EI 1756-OB8I 1756-OB16E 1756-OB16I 1756-OB16IS 1756-OB32 1756-OC8 1756-OG16 1756-OH8I 1756-ON8 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E 1756-OW16I 1756-OX8I Description 74…265V AC 16-point output module 74…265V AC 16-point isolated output module 10…30V DC 8-point output module 10…30V DC 8-point e-fused isolated output module 10…30V DC 8-point isolated output module 10…31.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Cat. 5-150V DC 8-point isolated contact module Input Module Compatibility ControlLogix digital input modules interface to sensing devices and detect whether they are On or Off. 5-150V DC 16-point isolated contact module 10…265V. float switches.2V DC 32-point output module 30…60V DC 8-point output module Transitor-transitor logic (TTL) output module 90…146V DC 8-point isolated output module 10…30V AC 8-point output module 10…301V DC 16-point e-fused sinking current output module 10…30V DC 32-point electronically-fused sinking current output module 10…265V. ControlLogix input modules convert AC or DC On/Off signals from user devices to appropriate logic level for use within the processor. limit switches. Typical input devices include: • • • • • proximity switches. 40 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .2V DC 16-point e-fused output module 10…30V DC 16-point isolated output module 10…30V DC scheduled isolated output module 10…31.

When diagnostics are used a shunt resistor is required for leakage current. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . • solenoids. see the I/O Systems Overview. For more information on compatibility of other Allen-Bradley Company products to ControlLogix input modules. Follow these guidelines when designing a system. The exceptions are the AC and DC diagnostic input modules. For more information specifically on the compatibility of motor starters to ControlLogix output modules. The ControlLogix standard digital outputs are capable of directly driving the ControlLogix standard digital inputs.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 When designing a system that uses ControlLogix input modules.1. For more information on compatibility of other Rockwell Automation products to ControlLogix output modules. publication CIG-2. if your application should use sinking or sourcing wiring. check the documentation supplied with the output device for the surge and continuous current needed to operate the device. current leakage. Damage to the module could result. • indicators. • Make sure that the surge and continuous current are not exceeded. Typical output devices compatible with the ControlLogix outputs include: • motor starters. you must consider: • • • • the voltage necessary for your application. whether you need a solid state device. see Appendix E. publication CIG-SO001. • Make sure that the ControlLogix outputs can supply the necessary surge and continuous current for proper operation.August 2010 41 . When sizing output loads. see the I/O Systems Overview. Output Module Compatibility ControlLogix output modules may be used to drive a variety of output devices.

August 2010 . Ex.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Features on ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Modules The table below lists features on ControlLogix standard digital I/O modules. FM. C-Tick. CSA. Page 43 43 43 44 51 52 54 55 55 55 56 59 59 59 60 61 62 62 62 1756-OA8E 1756-OB16E 1756-OB8EI 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E Standard digital output modules Standard digital input modules All standard digital input and output modules Available Modules Topic Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) Module Fault Reporting Software Configurable Electronic Keying Module Inhibiting Use the System Clock to Timestamp Inputs and Schedule Outputs Producer/Consumer Model Status Indicator Information Full Class I Division 2 Compliance UL. The table lists which modules support each feature. TÜV Agency Approvals Data Transfer on Either Cyclic Time or Change of State Software Configurable Filter Times Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Input Modules Multiple Input Point Densities Configurable Point-Level Output Fault States Output Data Echo Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Output Modules Multiple Output Point Densities Electronic Fusing Field Power Loss Detection Diagnostic Latch of Information Time-scheduled Output Control 65 65 53 1756-OA8E 1756-OA8E 1756-OB16IS 42 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . CE. IMPORTANT Some of the features described are not available on all ControlLogix standard digital I/O modules.

while the module is being removed or inserted.August 2010 43 . This feature allows greater availability of the overall control system because. diagnostic counters. the software makes module configuration easier and more reliable. You can also use the software to interrogate any module in the system to retrieve: • • • • • • serial number. there is no additional disruption to the rest of the controlled process. This feature lets you determine how your module has been affected and what action should be taken to resume normal operation. All module features are enabled or disabled through the I/O configuration portion of the software. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Software Configurable RSLogix 5000 programming software uses a custom. easily understood interface to write configuration. error/fault information. By eliminating such tasks as setting hardware switches and jumpers. product code. Each module’s fault status indicator and the RSLogix 5000 programming software will graphically display this fault and include a fault message describing the nature of the fault. firmware revision information. vendor. Module Fault Reporting ControlLogix digital I/O modules provide both hardware and software indication when a module fault has occurred.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) All ControlLogix I/O modules may be inserted and removed from the chassis while power is applied. This helps prevent an entire production line from having to be shut down.

the user-selected keying option determines if. Major Revision supports at least all of the data formats supported by an earlier. and how. Typically. a later.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Electronic Keying The electronic keying feature automatically compares the expected module. although not always. this set of keying attributes is considered. 44 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . for example. The specific type of module. Keying Attributes Attribute Vendor Product Type Product Code Major Revision Description The manufacturer of the module. A number that represents the functional capabilities and data exchange formats of the module. For some specific module types. that is higher. The general type of the module. • Exact Match • Compatible Keying • Disable Keying You must carefully consider the benefits and implications of each keying option when selecting between them. an electronic keying check is performed. that is lower. for example. AC drive. communication adapter.August 2010 . for example. Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley. A number that indicates the module’s specific firmware revision. additional ones. For each module in the I/O Configuration tree. three keying options are available. When a Logix5000 controller begins communicating with a module. Typically. You can use electronic keying to help prevent communication to a module that does not match the type and revision expected. as shown in the RSLogix 5000 I/O Configuration tree. possibly. generally represented by its catalog number. fewer options are available. Electronic keying is based on a set of attributes unique to each product revision. Major Revision of the same catalog number and. Minor Revision You can find revision information on the General tab of a module’s Properties dialog box. to the physical module before I/O communication begins. Minor Revisions typically do not impact data compatibility but may indicate performance or behavior improvement. 1756-IB16I. or digital I/O.

Exact Match Exact Match keying requires all keying attributes. as in the case of a communication module. that is.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 General Tab IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the I/O communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data. Product Code (catalog number). Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Major Revision. I/O communication is not permitted with the module or with modules connected through it. Product Type. Vendor. and Minor Revision. Use Exact Match keying when you need the system to verify that the module revisions in use are exactly as specified in the project. If any attribute does not match precisely. such as for use in highly-regulated industries. Exact Match keying is also necessary to enable Automatic Firmware Update for the module via the Firmware Supervisor feature from a Logix5000 controller.August 2010 45 . of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication.

communication adapters. Compatible Keying Compatible Keying indicates that the module determines whether to accept or reject communication. provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating. In this case. Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software. Module Configuration Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16D Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 1 Communication is prevented Physical Module Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16D Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 2 IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the I/O Communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data. The physical module is a 1756-IB16D module with module revision 3.August 2010 . Different module families. Exact Match keying prevents I/O communication: • The module configuration is for a 1756-IB16D module with module revision 3. Compatible Keying is the default setting. The exact level of emulation required is product and revision specific. and module types implement the compatibility check differently based on the family capabilities and on prior knowledge of compatible products. communication is prevented because the Minor Revision of the module does not match precisely.2.1. 46 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features EXAMPLE In the following scenario.

Major Revision.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 With Compatible Keying.August 2010 47 . that is higher. For example. lowest. the developers cannot know future developments. When a module is created. However. you can replace a 1756-CNBR module with a 1756-CN2R module. we recommend that you configure your module by using the earliest. The physical module is a 1756-IB16D module with module revision 3. In this case. you can avoid the case of a physical module rejecting the keying request because it is an earlier revision than the one configured in the software. EXAMPLE In the following scenario. the selection makes it possible to use a replacement that is a different catalog number than the original. that is. revision of the physical module that you believe will be used in the system. Release notes for individual modules indicate the specific compatibility details. By doing this. communication is prevented because the minor revision of the module is lower than expected and may not be compatible with 3.2. Compatible Keying prevents I/O communication: • The module configuration is for a 1756-IB16D module with module revision 3.3. you can replace a module of a certain Major Revision with one of the same catalog number and the same or later. the module developers consider the module’s development history to implement capabilities that emulate those of the previous module. In some cases. Because of this.3. when a system is configured. Module Configuration Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16D Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 3 Communication is prevented Physical Module Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16D Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 2 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

August 2010 .1. Compatible Keying allows I/O communication: • The module configuration is for a 1756-IB16D module with module revision 2. Module Configuration Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16D Major Revision = 2 Minor Revision = 1 Communication is allowed Physical Module Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16D Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 2 IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the I/O communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features EXAMPLE In the following scenario. In this case. communication is allowed because the major revision of the physical module is higher than expected and the module determines that it is compatible with the prior major revision. The physical module is a 1756-IB16D module with module revision 3.2. 48 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

or economic loss.August 2010 49 . If you use Disabled Keying. ATTENTION Be extremely cautious when using Disabled Keying. Other attributes. property damage. this option can lead to personal injury or death. In this case.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Disabled Keying Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module. We generally do not recommend using Disabled Keying. are considered and must be acceptable before I/O communication is established. With Disabled Keying. you must take full responsibility for understanding whether the module being used can fulfill the functional requirements of the application. communication is prevented because the analog module rejects the data formats that the digital module configuration requests. Module Configuration Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IA16 Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 1 Communication is prevented Physical Module Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Analog Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IF16 Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 2 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . I/O communication may occur with a module other than the type specified in the I/O Configuration tree with unpredictable results. EXAMPLE In the following scenario. such as data size and format. if used incorrectly. The physical module is a 1756-IF16 analog input module. Disable Keying prevents I/O communication: • The module configuration is for a 1756-IA16 digital input module.

Disable Keying allows I/O communication: • The module configuration is for a 1756-IA16 digital input module. 50 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The physical module is a 1756-IB16 digital input module. In this case. communication is allowed because the two digital modules share common data formats.August 2010 .Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features EXAMPLE In the following scenario. Module Configuration Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IA16 Major Revision = 2 Minor Revision = 1 Communication is allowed Physical Module Vendor = Allen-Bradley Product Type = Digital Input Module Catalog Number = 1756-IB16 Major Revision = 3 Minor Revision = 2 IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the I/O communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data.

Uninhibit the module. • Multiple controllers own the same digital input module. you can inhibit the module in your program until it physically resides in the proper slot. You can do this by the following ways. • You write configuration for an I/O module but inhibit the module to prevent it from communicating with the owner-controller. c. but you do not want the controller to continually look for a module that does not exist yet. it enters the Program mode and all outputs change to the state configured for the Program mode. whenever that module is inhibited. you can inhibit the module and the owner-controller behaves as if the connection to the module does not exist. c. In this case. b. a controller already owns a module. however. In this case. We recommend you: a. Inhibit the module. IMPORTANT Whenever you inhibit an output module. The following examples are instances where you may need to use module inhibiting.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Module Inhibiting Module inhibiting lets you indefinitely suspend a connection between an owner-controller and a digital I/O module without having to remove the module from the configuration. In this case. Change configuration in all controllers. if an output module is configured so that the state of the outputs go to zero (0) during Program mode. A change is required in the module’s configuration. such as to perform maintenance. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the owner does not establish a connection and configuration is not sent to the module until the connection is uninhibited. you can: a. Uninhibit the module. Inhibit the module. • You want to Flash upgrade a digital I/O module.August 2010 51 . In this case. Perform the upgrade. • In your application. For example. • You are using a program that includes a module that you do not physically possess yet. has downloaded configuration to the module and is currently exchanging data over the connection between the devices. b. the outputs will go to zero (0). the change must be made to the program in all controllers. This process lets you temporarily disable communication to a module.

or in any way connected to. as described in Use RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software in Chapter 2. the value of the CST) of when that input data changes state. the time generated over the ControlNet network to establish a network update time (NUT). a single CST value is generated for all. making it appear that they changed at exactly the same time. The following table describes how you can use the system clock. If multiple input points configured for COS change state within 500 µs of each other. you must do the following: events • Set the input module’s communication format to: CST Timestamped Input Data • Enable Change of state for the input point where a sequence will occur (Disable COS for all other points on the module) TIP If you decide to configure multiple input points for COS. The CST is a chassis-specific time that is not synchronized with. To a sequence of determine a sequence of events. You can configure your digital input modules to access the CST and timestamp input data with a relative time reference (that is. 52 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . your module generates a unique CST each time any of those input points change state.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Use the System Clock to Timestamp Inputs and Schedule Outputs Controllers generate a 64-bit coordinated system time (CST) for their respective chassis. Use of Timestamping Topic Description Timestamping for The CST can be used to establish a sequence of events occurring at a particular input module point by timestamping the input data.August 2010 . it is recommended that you use timestamping on only one input point per module. as long as the changes do not occur within 500 µs of each other. IMPORTANT Because only one CST value is returned to the controller when any input point changes state.

Time-scheduled Output Control Time-scheduled output control is a feature available on the first eight outputs of the 1756-OB16IS module only. The benefit of using output scheduling in this manner is that the resolution of the output control is improved from the motion coarse update rate (typically 1…32 ms). • have a controller in the same rack as both I/O modules. by using position and velocity information of any motion axis. and network delays. to 100 µs. See Communication Format for more information. When you use timestamping of inputs and scheduled outputs. an output point will actuate at some configured time in the future. You can schedule outputs up to 16 seconds into the future. When the 1756-OB16IS module is specified as the output source for the MAOC instruction.August 2010 53 . You can set the time setpoint (in 100 µs increments) for the output to turn On or Off in the application program. remember the following items. • disable Change of State for all input points on the input module except the point being timestamped. MAOC Instructions with Time-scheduled Output Control The Motion Axis Output Cam (MAOC) instruction provides position-based control of outputs. then the MAOC instruction automatically handles the time-based output scheduling and enables it on the first eight outputs on the 1756-OB16IS module. the module can turn the outputs On or Off at a specific CST time.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Use of Timestamping Topic Timestamping in conjunction with scheduled outputs Description Timestamping can be used in conjunction with the scheduled outputs feature so that after input data changes state and a timestamp occurs. By using the time-scheduled output control feature. • The time to schedule outputs to transition in the future must account for any controller. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . • The I/O modules must reside in the same rack as the time master. backplane. The 1756-OB16IS module manages the time locally as such that the output is turned On or Off at the time specified. TIP For scheduled outputs to work most effectively. you must: • choose a Communication Format for each input and output module that allows timestamping.

However. The second. it will return a negative timestamping value until the module is synchronized with the owner-controller and the first change of state condition occurs. 54 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the following conditions may occur depending on the module’s Major Revision. For a more detailed explanation of this process. publication 1756-UM001. • If the module has a Major Revision = 1. an input module produces data and any number of processors can consume the data at the same time. Look at the Module Properties dialog box of RSLogix 5000 software to determine if the module has been synchronized with the owner-controller and whether the controller is synchronized with the CST. The modules produce the data and any other owner-controller device can decide to consume it. This eliminates the need for one processor to send the data to another processor. For example.August 2010 . • If the module has a Major Revision > 2. For more information on synchronizing owner-controllers and modules with the CST. it will always return a positive timestamping value. see Input Module Operation. Module Major Revision Considerations with Timestamping When using timestamping for inputs or diagnostic timestamping of I/O modules. eight outputs are updated at the motion coarse update rate.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features You can also use the second eight outputs on the 1756-OB16IS module with the MAOC instruction. see the ControlLogix System User Manual. ControlLogix I/O modules can produce data without having been polled by a controller first. only the first eight outputs have 100 µs resolution. Producer/Consumer Model By using the Producer/Consumer model.

UL. Ex. the I/O status indicator does not illuminate without field power applied. TÜV agency approval are marked as such. CSA. C-Tick. IMPORTANT Modules should not be pulled under power. See Appendix A for examples of status indicators on ControlLogix digital I/O modules. nor should a powered RTB be removed. FM. Ultimately. C-Tick. The status indicator displays vary for each module. This display is only found on some modules and indicates the presence or absence of various faults. This display is only found on electronically fused modules and indicates the state of the module’s fuse. CE. IMPORTANT For the 1756-OA8D and 1756-OA8E modules. Status I/O status ST Description This yellow display indicates the On/Off state of the field device. Ex. FM. all digital modules will have these agency approvals and be marked accordingly. in a Class I Division 2 environment. CE.August 2010 55 . TÜV Agency Approvals Any ControlLogix digital I/O modules that have obtained UL. Module status OK Fault status FLT Fuse status Fuse This green display indicates the module’s communication status. CSA. This allows the ControlLogix system to be placed in an environment other than only a 100% hazard free.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Status Indicator Information Each ControlLogix digital I/O module has a status indicator on the front of the module that lets you check the module health and operational status of a module. Full Class I Division 2 Compliance All ControlLogix digital I/O modules maintain CSA Class I Division 2 system certification. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

Topic Requested packet interval Description A user-defined rate at which the module updates the information sent to its owner-controller.August 2010 . Data Transfer on Either Cyclic Time or Change of State Digital input modules always send data at the RPI. COS is more efficient than RPI because it multicasts data only when a change occurs. instructs the module to update its owner-controller with new data whenever a specified input point transitions from On to Off and Off to On. Change of state Set RPI The Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box lets you enter a requested packet interval (RPI). but they send data only at a change of state if the COS feature is enabled. This is also known as Cyclic Data Transfer. The data will be sent at the RPI rate when there is no change of state. The table describes the two ways a module sends data to the owner-controller. By default. The RPI guarantees the slowest rate at which data is multicast to the owner-controller.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Features Specific to Standard Input Modules The features described in this section are available on all ControlLogix digital input modules. 56 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The module’s actual data transfer rate may be faster than the RPI setting. Configurable feature that. when enabled. maximum period of time when data is transferred to the owner-controller. this setting is always enabled for input modules. But. the RPI provides a defined.

publication 1756-PM015.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 1. Field Requested Packet Interval (RPI) Inhibit Module Description Enter an RPI value or use the default. Click OK. Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode 2. For important information on this checkbox. This option allows for maintenance of the module without faults being reported to the controller. The type of fault appears in the text box if a fault occurs when the module is online.August 2010 57 . Check the box to prevent communication between the owner-controller and the module. Check the box to create a major fault if there is a connection failure with the module while in Run mode. Module Fault The fault box is empty if you are offline. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Choose from the options in the Connection tab. see ‘Configure a Major Fault to Occur’ in the Logix5000 Controllers Information and Status Programming Manual.

• Clear the check mark to disable the COS for a specific point. 1.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Enable Change of State The Point column (on the left side of the Configuration tab) lets you determine whether a change of state occurs when a field device becomes Off to On or On to Off.August 2010 . 58 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Click OK. Do one of the following: • Click a box to enable COS for a specific point for either Off to On or On to Off. On the Module Properties dialog box. 3. 2. click the Configuration tab.

The module receives information from the device to this designated point. or 32-point densities for greater flexibility in your application. isolated. 1. These filters improve noise immunity within a signal. or point-to-point isolation so if one point faults. thus signaling when activity occurs. the others continue to operate. Your application determines what type of isolation is necessary and which input module to use. power sources. On the right side of the Configuration tab. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 16-. Follow these steps to configure the input filter time. Click OK. Because these conditions require separate commons for each channel. Other types of isolation available with ControlLogix input modules are channel-to-channel isolation and no isolation. Multiple Input Point Densities ControlLogix input modules use either 8-. Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Input Modules ControlLogix input modules provide isolated or non-isolated wiring options. click the pull-down menu to choose the input filter times.August 2010 59 . some input modules use individual isolation. A larger filter value affects the length of delay times for signals from these modules.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Software Configurable Filter Times On to Off and Off to On filter times can be adjusted through RSLogix 5000 programming software for all ControlLogix input modules. 2. Some applications require power for the I/O circuits to originate on separate. A point is the termination where a wire attaches to the input module from a field device.

if an output module is configured so that the state of the outputs turn off during Program mode. 2. 60 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Click the pull-down arrow to choose the Fault mode.August 2010 . either On. whenever that module is inhibited. For example. the outputs will turn off. Off. or Hold in case of a communication failure or Program mode. On the Module Properties dialog box. Configurable Point-Level Output Fault States Individual outputs can be independently configured to unique fault states. Follow these steps to enable a fault state. Click OK. IMPORTANT Whenever you inhibit an output module.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Features Specific to Standard Output Modules The features described in this section are available on all ControlLogix digital output modules. it enters the Program mode and all outputs change to the state configured for the Program mode. 3. click the Configuration tab. 1.

In this case. the fault bit is set and your program alerts you to the condition.Module will not turn on output if overload/short circuit is detected. the commanded state and the Output Data Echo may not match. This process verifies that the module has received the command and will try to execute it.Module will not turn On output if no AC power is detected. • Loss of field power (1756-OA8D and 1756-OA8E only) . check your output module for the following conditions: • Communications fault • Connection is inhibited • Blown fuse . the output data echo may not match the commanded state of the outputs. when a processor sends out an output command to the ControlLogix system.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Output Data Echo During normal operation. Monitor Fault Bits The Output Data Echo only matches the commanded state of the outputs if the module is operating under normal conditions. If a fault occurs. If there is a mismatch between the commanded state of the outputs and the Output Data Echo. the output module that is targeted for that command returns the commanded state of the output to the system. If there is an anomaly with the module. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . You can monitor the fault bits for your output points for fault conditions. Other devices can use this broadcast signal (through a listen-only connection) to determine the desired state of the output without having to interrogate the owner-controller.August 2010 61 .

Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Output Modules As with input modules.August 2010 . IMPORTANT Although some ControlLogix I/O modules provide non-isolated field-side wiring options. or 32-point densities for greater flexibility in your application. see Chapter 6. ControlLogix output modules provide isolated or non-isolated wiring options. The I/O gets information from the device to this designated point. The following modules use electronic fusing: • • • • • 1756-OA8E 1756-OB8EI 1756-OB16E 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E 62 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Multiple Output Point Densities ControlLogix output modules use either 8-. or channel-to-channel wiring isolation. group-to-group. This feature protects the module from electrical damage. thus signaling when activity occurs. I/O modules provide point-to-point. You can reset an electronic fuse through RSLogix 5000 programming software or through ladder logic running on a controller. 16-. Electronic Fusing Some digital outputs have internal electronic or mechanical fusing to prevent too much current from flowing through the module. For an example of how to reset an electronic fuse. Other modules require external fusing. each I/O module maintains internal electrical isolation between the system-side and field-side. A point is the termination where a wire attaches to the I/O module from a device. Your specific application will determine what type of isolation is necessary and which output module to use.

ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 See the table to determine what fuse to use in your application.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) SOC p/n MT 4-6.3A 1756-ON8 DC 1756-OB8(6) 1756-OB81(6) 1756-OB8EI(2) (3) (6) 1756-OB16E(2) (3) (6) 1756-OB16I(6) (7) 5x20mm 4A Quick acting Electronically fused SOC p/n MQ2-4A 5x20mm 4A Quick acting SOC p/n MQ2-4A 1756-OB16IS(6) (7) 1756-OB32(6) (7) 5x20mm 800mA Littelfuse p/n SP001.3A Medium lag Electronically fused 5x20mm 3.15 Fuse Supplier SAN-O Industry Corp.Fused on a per point basis Yes .1003 or Schurter p/n 216.15A Slo-Blow 1500A Interruption current 5x20mm 6.3A 1756-OA8E(2) (3) 1756-OA16(1) (4) (5) 1756-OA16I(1) None . 1756-OA8(1) Fusing on the module None .Fused on a per group basis None . (SOC) p/n MT 4-6.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) Yes .Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) Yes .Fused on a per point basis Yes .August 2010 63 .800 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .3A Medium lag Littelfuse p/n H2153.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None . Recommended Fuses Circuit Type AC Cat.Fused on a per group basis Recommended Fuse 5x20mm 6.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None .Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None . No.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None .

Electronic protection is not intended to replace fuses. A fuse is provided on each common of this module for a total of two fuses. In the event of an overload on an output channel. In the event of a short circuit on an output channel. 1756-TBSH and 1756-TBS6H).3A Electronically fused Recommended Fuse 5x20mm 4A Quick acting Fuse Supplier SOC p/n MQ2-4A 1756-OG16(6) 1756-OH8I(6) (7) 1756-OV16E(2) (3) (6) 1756-OV32E(2) (3) (6) Relay 1756-OW16I(7) 1756-OX8I(7) (1) For voltages above 132V AC.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None . To provide overload protection for your application.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) 5x20mm 6. or other code required wiring protection devices.August 2010 . it is likely that the fuse will not blow and the output device associated with that channel will be damaged. In the event of a short circuit condition on an output channel. and so forth). circuit breakers. 1756-TBNH. The fuse does not provide overload protection. user supplied fuse should be installed externally and properly sized to match the individual load characteristics. user supplied fuses should be externally installed. The fuse does not provide overload protection.3A Medium lag SOC p/n MT 4-6.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None .Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) Yes . the entire group is turned off. it is likely that the transistor or relay associated with that channel will be damaged and the module should be replaced or a spare output channel used for the load.Fused on a per group basis Yes . 1756-OC8(6) Fusing on the module None . All other channels with a NUT of that group will continue to operate as directed by the module master (CPU. The electronic protection of this module has been designed to provide protection for the module from short circuit conditions. it is likely that the fuse will not blow and the transistor or relay associated with that channel will be damaged. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 64 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The fuses are designed to protect the module from short circuit conditions. The protection is based on a thermal cut-out principle. If a short circuit condition occurs on any channel within this module’s group. the Interface Modules (IFM) are not an acceptable means to provide external fusing. Bridge.Fused on a per group basis None .Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Recommended Fuses Circuit Type DC Cat. To provide overload protection for your application. The recommended fuse for this module has been sized to provide short circuit protection for wiring only to external loads. In the event of an overload on an output channel. The module does not provide protection against reverse polarity wiring or wiring to AC power sources. that channel will limit the current within milliseconds after its thermal cut-out temperature has been reached. The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs (1756-TBCH. No.Fused IFM can be used to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008)(8) None . Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency. A rated terminal block for the intended application must be used.

even if the error condition causing the fault to occur disappears.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 Field Power Loss Detection For the standard digital output modules. When field power to the module is lost. a point-level fault is sent to the controller to identify the exact point faulted. 3. or zero cross cannot be detected. Follow these steps to enable diagnostics for field power loss. IMPORTANT Only enable Field Power Loss detection for points that are in use. Diagnostic Latch of Information For the standard digital I/O modules. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Click OK. Diagnostic latching allows this module to latch a fault in the set position once it has been triggered. click the Configuration tab.August 2010 65 . 1. • Clear the check mark to disable field loss detection. the diagnostic latch feature is found on the 1756-OA8E module only. 2. On the Module Properties dialog box. you will receive faults for those points during operation. • Click a box to enable field power loss detection for a specific point. If this feature is enabled for points that are not in use. the Field Power Loss detection feature is found on the 1756-OA8E only. Do one of the following in the Enable Diagnostics for Field Power Loss column.

The table lists the tag that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred for a standard input module. 66 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 2. On the Module Properties dialog box. Fault and Status Reporting Between Input Modules and Controllers ControlLogix digital input modules multicast fault and status data to any owner-listening controllers. 3. Click OK. Some output modules also use additional words to indicate fault conditions. Follow these steps to enable diagnostic latch of information.August 2010 . It’s tag name is Fault. Do one of the following: • Click a box to enable diagnostic latching for a specific point. the highest level of fault reporting. 1. • Clear the check mark to disable diagnostic latching for a specific point. Tag Module-fault word Description This word provides fault summary reporting. click the Configuration tab. All input modules maintain a module-fault word. This word is available on all digital input modules. IMPORTANT Diagnostic latches are also reset through a software reset or when the I/O module’s power is cycled.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Latched diagnostic features can be cleared by the Reset Diagnostic Latch service.

because this is a eight-point module. although only the number of bits appropriate for each module’s density are used. It’s tag name is FuseBlown. the 1756-IA16I module has a module-fault word of 32 bits. Bit 31 Module-fault Word All Modules Bit 0 42676 A communications fault sets all bits in the module-fault word. only the first eight bits (bits 0…7) are used in the module-fault word. 1756-OB16E. the highest level of fault reporting. 1756-OA8E. The following illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process on ControlLogix standard digital input modules. See Field Power Loss Detection for more information. Condition Communications fault Set Bits All 32 bits are set to 1. This word is available on all digital input modules. All output modules maintain a module-fault word. But. the 1756-OB8 module has a module-fault word of 32 bits. It’s tag name is Fault. although only the number of bits appropriate for each module’s density are used. because this is a 16-point module. Fault and Status Reporting Between Output Modules and Controllers ControlLogix digital output modules multicast fault and status data to any owner-listening controllers. But. only 16 bits (bits 0…15) are used in the module-fault word. The table lists the tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred for a standard output module. It’s tag name is FieldPwrLoss. This word indicates a loss of field power to a point on the module. This word is available only on 1756-OA16. regardless of the module’s density. 1756-OV16E and 1756-OV32E modules. This word indicates a point/group fuse blown on the module. See Electronic Fusing for more information. Tag Module-fault word Fuse blown word Description This word provides fault summary reporting. This word is available on 1756-OA8E module. For example. For example. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Field power loss word All words are 32-bit.ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 3 All words are 32-bit. Some modules also use additional words to indicate fault conditions. 1756-OB8EI.August 2010 67 .

August 2010 . The following illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process on ControlLogix digital output modules. Condition Communications fault Fuse blown Field power loss Set Bits All 32 bits are set to 1. depending on the module type. Only the bit affected is set to 1. Group 0 1 A blown fuse for any point/group sets the bit for that point/group in the fuse blown word and also sets the appropriate bit/bits in the module-fault word.Chapter 3 ControlLogix Standard Digital I/O Module Features Fault bits in the fuse blown word and field power loss word are logically entered into the module-fault word. Bit 0 1 1 Group 1 Fuse Blown Word Group Level Point Level 1756-OA8E 1756-OA16 1756-OB8EI 1756-OB16E 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E Field Power Loss Word 1756-OA8E only A loss of field power from any group sets the bit for that point in the field power loss word and also sets the appropriate bits in the module-fault word. regardless of the module’s density. A fuse blown or field power loss condition sets the appropriate bit in the module-fault word. Bit 31 Module-fault Word All modules A communications fault sets all bits in the module-fault word. Group 1 1 Group 0 41457 68 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . a bit set in the module-fault word can mean multiple things. In other words. as indicated in the following table.

August 2010 69 . 1756-IA8D 1756-IB16D 1756-OA8D 1756-OB16D Description 79…132V AC 8-point diagnostic input module 10…30V DC diagnostic input module 74…132V AC 8-point diagnostic output module 19. No. we suggest you take a few minutes to review a list of diagnostic digital I/O modules. Topic Diagnostic Input Module Compatibility Diagnostic Output Module Compatibility Features on ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Modules Features Specific to Diagnostic Input Modules Features Specific to Diagnostic Output Modules Fault and Status Reporting Between Input Modules and Controllers Fault and Status Reporting Between Output Modules and Controllers Page 69 70 70 78 82 93 95 Before proceeding.2…30V DC 16-point diagnostic output module Diagnostic Input Module Compatibility When designing a system by using ControlLogix diagnostic input modules.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Introduction This chapter describes devices compatible with ControlLogix I/O and features that are specific to diagnostic digital I/O modules. For more information on compatibility of other Allen-Bradley Company products to ControlLogix input modules. Diagnostic digital I/O modules provide additional reporting information to the controller. 69Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . see the I/O Products System Overview. Cat. such as a timestamp of the time a module fault occurs/clears. and/or a pulse test. publication CIG-SO001. current leakage. whether you need a solid state device. if your application should use sinking or sourcing wiring. you must consider: • • • • the voltage necessary for your application. no load detection.

Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Diagnostic Output Module Compatibility ControlLogix diagnostic digital outputs are capable of directly driving the ControlLogix diagnostic digital inputs. TÜV Agency Approvals Diagnostic Latch of Information Diagnostic Timestamp 8-Point AC/16-Point DC Point-level Fault Reporting Software Configurable Filter Times Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Modules Multiple Input Point Densities Open Wire Detection Diagnostic Change of State for Input Modules Field-power Loss Detection on Input Modules 70 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . see Appendix E. Page 71 71 72 72 72 73 73 74 74 74 75 75 76 79 80 80 80 78 81 1756-IA8D Diagnostic digital input modules All diagnostic digital input and output modules Available Modules Topic Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) Module Fault Reporting Software Configurable Electronic Keying Use the System Clock to Timestamp Inputs and Schedule Outputs Producer/Consumer Model Status Indicator Information Full Class I Division 2 Compliance UL. CSA. FM. For more information on the compatibility of motor starters to ControlLogix output modules. The following table lists which modules support each feature. a shunt resistor is required for leakage current. C-Tick. EEx.August 2010 . CE. When diagnostics are used. IMPORTANT Some of the features described in this section are not available on all ControlLogix diagnostic digital I/O modules. The features are described later in this section. Features on ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Modules The table below lists features on ControlLogix diagnostic digital I/O modules.

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 Topic Configurable Point-level Output Fault States Output Data Echo Field Wiring Options Multiple Input Point Densities Electronic Fusing No Load Detection Field-side Output Verification Pulse Test Point-level Electronic Fusing Field-power Loss Detection on Output Modules Diagnostic Change of State for Output Modules Page 82 83 84 80 85 86 87 89 91 92 93 Available Modules Diagnostic digital output modules Features Common to ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Modules The features described in this section are available on all ControlLogix diagnostic digital I/O modules. while the module is being removed or inserted. Module Fault Reporting ControlLogix diagnostic digital I/O modules provide both hardware and software indication when a module fault has occurred. Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) All ControlLogix I/O diagnostic modules may be inserted and removed from the chassis while power is applied.August 2010 71 . Each module’s fault status indicator and the RSLogix 5000 programming software will graphically display this fault and include a fault message describing the nature of the fault. This feature lets you determine how your module has been affected and what action should be taken to resume normal operation. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . there is no additional disruption to the rest of the controlled process. This feature allows greater availability of the overall control system because.

Electronic Keying See Electronic Keying on page 44 for details. vendor. firmware revision information. 72 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Module Inhibiting See Module Inhibiting on page 51 for details. the time generated over the ControlNet network to establish a network update time (NUT). the software makes module configuration easier and more reliable. By eliminating such tasks as setting hardware switches and jumpers. The CST is a chassis-specific time that is not synchronized with. product code. Use the System Clock to Timestamp Inputs and Schedule Outputs Controllers generate a 64-bit coordinated system time (CST) for their respective chassis. You also can use the software to interrogate any module in the system to retrieve: • • • • • • serial number. All module features are enabled or disabled through the I/O configuration portion of the software. easily understood interface to write configuration. diagnostic counters.August 2010 . error/fault information. See page 52 for a table that describes how to you the system clock. as described in Use RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software in Chapter 2.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Software Configurable The RSLogix 5000 programming software uses a custom. or in any way connected to.

remember the following conditions that may occur depending on the module’s Major Revision.August 2010 73 . The status indicator displays vary for each module. Look at the Module Properties dialog box of RSLogix 5000 software to determine if the module has been synchronized with the owner-controller and whether the controller is synchronized with the CST. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . see Input Module Operation in Chapter 2. see Appendix A. publication 1756-UM001. • If the module has a Major Revision = 1. it will always return a positive timestamping value. • If the module has a Major Revision > 2. For more information on synchronizing owner-controllers and modules with the CST.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 Module Major Revision Considerations with Timestamping When using timestamping for inputs or diagnostic timestamping of I/O modules. see the ControlLogix System User Manual. a diagnostic input module produces data and any number of processors can consume the data at the same time. it will return a negative timestamping value until the module is synchronized with the owner-controller and the first Change of State condition occurs. For example. For a more details. The modules produce the data and any other owner-controller device can decide to consume it. Status Indicator Information Each ControlLogix diagnostic digital I/O module has a status indicator on the front of the module that lets you check the module health and operational status of a module. Producer/Consumer Model By using the Producer/Consumer model. ControlLogix I/O modules can produce data without having been polled by a controller first. For examples of status indicators on ControlLogix digital I/O modules. This eliminates the need for one processor to send the data to another processor.

CSA. TÜV agency approval are marked as such. even if the error condition causing the fault to occur disappears. TÜV Agency Approvals Any ControlLogix digital I/O modules that have obtained UL. 1. UL. IMPORTANT Latched diagnostic features can be cleared by the Reset Diagnostic Latch service. This allows the ControlLogix system to be placed in an environment other than only a 100% hazard free. 74 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . C-Tick. click the Configuration tab. IMPORTANT Modules should not be pulled under power. CE.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Full Class I Division 2 Compliance All ControlLogix digital I/O modules maintain CSA Class I Division 2 system certification. C-Tick. On the Module Properties dialog box. Ultimately. EEx. FM.August 2010 . nor should a powered RTB be removed. CE. EEx. The Point column (on the left side of the Configuration tab) lets you set diagnostic latching to occur for a specific point where the field device is wired to the I/O module. CSA. Diagnostic latches are also reset through a software reset or when the I/O module’s power is cycled. FM. in a Class I Division 2 environment. Diagnostic Latch of Information Diagnostic latching allows diagnostic I/O modules to latch a fault in the set position once it has been triggered. all digital modules will have these agency approvals and be marked accordingly.

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 2. Diagnostic Timestamp Diagnostic I/O modules can timestamp the time when a fault occurs or when it clears. Modules use the ControlLogix system clock from a local controller to generate timestamps. you must choose the appropriate Communication Format during initial configuration. Do one of the following: • Click a box to enable diagnostic latching for a specific point. Click OK. To use diagnostic timestamps. 3. This feature provides greater accuracy and flexibility in running applications. The eight-point AC modules and 16-point DC modules provide additional flexibility when designing module applications.August 2010 75 . For more information on choosing a Communication Format on page 117. The greater number of points allows for more field devices to be attached to I/O modules to boost efficiency. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 8-Point AC/16-Point DC Diagnostic ControlLogix digital I/O modules provide various grouping of points on different modules. • Clear the check mark to disable diagnostic latching for a specific point.

1. 1. 2.(3) (1) (2) (3) (4) Ladder commands output to be Off Possible cause of fault 1. Output Verify bit is set. Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as On.(1) 1.(2) 2. The following fault conditions generate their own unique fault bits. (5) 76 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 3. Field Power Loss is set. 2. 1756-OA8D Diagnostic Fault Table Ladder commands output to be On 1. hardware damage should not be possible. Output Data Echo returns the state of the Output is shorted to L2.(4) 2. Field Power Loss shows a fault. Pulse Test fails. The following table lists possible diagnostic faults on the 1756-OA8D module. No Load shows a fault.August 2010 . Output Data Echo returns the state of the No Load or output is shorted to L1. 1. an output verify fault could be set until the short.(5) as Off. 3. Unique Fault Bits for I/O Points Input points Conditions setting a fault bit Open wire Field power loss (1756-IA8D only) Output points Fuse blown No load Output verify Field power loss (1756-IA8D only) Using these bits in tandem with ‘data echo’ and manually performing a pulse test can help to further isolate the fault. Pulse Test fails. it is normal operation to see a momentary pulsation on the module display. Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as On. Pulse Test fails. 4.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Point-level Fault Reporting Diagnostic I/O modules set bits to indicate when a fault has occurred on a point-by-point basis. 2. If a short-circuit occurs. No Load bit is off. The output cannot turn On due to hardware point damage. output as Off. See output shorted to L2 as a possible cause. 2.circuit is detected by the module and the output is turned Off. Pulse Test fails. Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as Off. 2. When pulse test is executed. 1. 4. 2. Data Echo returns the state of the output Hardware point damage. Fuse Blown bit is set. the output point is turned Off and the fault appears in the Off state until the point is reset. Depending on the characteristics of an applied short-circuit. Pulse Test fails. 1. output as Off. During normal operating conditions. Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as Off. No Load bit is set. It is not possible to create a fuse blown fault in the Off state. An output shorted to L2 may temporarily cause a hardware point fault. Output Data Echo returns the state of the L1 or L2 are disconnected or outside the 47-63 Hz frequency range. output as Off.

Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as On. What this means is that the output verify fault signals of the other channels should be checked and reset if a short-circuit on one channel occurs.(2) 2. output as Off.August 2010 77 . an output verify fault could be set until the short. bridge. An output shorted to GND may temporarily cause a hardware point fault.(4) 2. Output shorted to DC+. No Load. No Load bit is set. No power at module. 1756-OB16D Diagnostic Fault Table Ladder commands output to be On 1. The protection is based on a thermal cutout principal. If a short-circuit occurs. it is normal operation to see a momentary pulsation on the module display. When the pulse test is executed. output as Off. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . During normal operating conditions. the point is turned Off and the fault appears in the Off state until that point is reset. Output Data Echo returns the state of the Output is shorted to GND. 1. 2. that channel will limit the current within milliseconds after its thermal cutout temperature has been reached. Pulse Test passes. Depending on the characteristics of an applied short-circuit.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 The following table lists possible diagnostic faults on the 1756-OB16D module. It is not possible to create a fuse blown fault in the Off state. 1.(1) 1. Other channels could produce a false error on the output verify fault signal due to the supply dropping below the minimum detect level of 19. Output Data Echo returns the state of the One of the following could be the cause. See output shorted to GND as a possible cause. The output cannot turn On due to hardware point damage.2V DC. hardware damage should not be possible. Pulse Test fails.(5) 1. Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as Off. 3. In the event of a short-circuit condition on an output channel. Pulse Test fails. Output Verify sets a bit. Output Data Echo returns the state of the Hardware point damage. 2. 2. 1.circuit is detected by the module and the output is turned Off.(6) output as Off. Output Data Echo returns the state of the output as On. 2. 2. 3. Fuse Blown bit is set. and so forth). The output channels that are affected by this phenomena will continue to operate as directed by the module master (CPU. Pulse Test fails Ladder commands output to be Off Possible cause of fault 1.(3) (1) The electronic protection of this module has been designed to provide protection for the module from short-circuit conditions.

this setting is always enabled for input modules. 78 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . This is also known as Cyclic Data Transfer. instructs the module to update its owner-controller with new data whenever a specified input point transitions from On to Off and Off to On. 1. Diagnostic Change of State for Input Modules If the diagnostic change of state feature is enabled.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Features Specific to Diagnostic Input Modules The features described in this section are available on all ControlLogix diagnostic digital input modules. click the Configuration tab. Information updates when any change in the diagnostics for an input module occurs. Change of state Diagnostic Change of State Although the RPI occurs continuously. when enabled. this COS feature lets you to decide whether changes in a module’s diagnostic detection should cause the module to send real time data to the owner-controller. On the Module Properties dialog box.August 2010 . By default. Configurable feature that. Topic Requested packet interval Description A user-defined rate at which the module updates the information sent to its owner-controller. The data will be sent at the RPI rate where there is no change of state. a diagnostic input module sends new data to the owner-controller when one of the events described in the table occurs.

Software Configurable Filter Times On to Off and Off to On filter times can be adjusted through RSLogix 5000 software for all ControlLogix input modules. click the pull-down menu to choose the input filter times. 3. Do the following to enable or disable the COS feature.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 2. on input COS if it is enabled. Click OK. On the right side of the Configuration tab. and if a diagnostic fault occurs.August 2010 79 . Follow these steps to configure the input filter time. These filters improve noise immunity within a signal. • Clear the check mark to disable the feature. Real time data is not sent when a diagnostic fault occurs but is still sent at the specified RPI or on input COS if it is enabled. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Click OK. 2. A larger filter value affects the length of delay times for signals from these modules. • Click the box to enable the input module to send new data to the owner-controller at the RPI. 1.

Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Isolated and Non-Isolated Varieties of Modules ControlLogix diagnostic input modules provide isolated or non-isolated wiring options. a point-level fault is sent to the controller to identify the exact point fault. When an Open Wire condition is detected. Other types of isolation available with ControlLogix diagnostic input modules are channel-to-channel isolation and no isolation. A leakage resistor must be placed across the contacts of an input device. Because these conditions require separate commons for each channel. some input modules use individual isolation. See each module’s specifications. power sources. or point-to-point isolation.August 2010 . This feature has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program in the event of a fault. Multiple Input Point Densities ControlLogix diagnostic input modules use either 8.or 16-point densities for greater flexibility in your application. listed in Chapter 7. Your specific application will determine what type of isolation is necessary and which input module to use. 80 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Open Wire Detection Open Wire is used to verify the field wiring is connected to the module. for more details. The resulting current is then expected to exist when the input is open. Some applications require power for the I/O circuits to originate on separate. The field device must provide a minimum leakage current to function properly. isolated.

see Appendix B. Follow these steps to enable or disable field-power loss detection. field-power loss detection is found on the 1756-IA8D module only. • Clear the check mark to disable open wire detection. For more information on these tags. This feature has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program in the event of a fault. a point level fault is sent to the controller to identify the exact point faulted. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . click the Configuration tab. Click OK. • Click a box to enable the open wire detection for a specific point. Do one of the following in the Open Wire (middle) column. Field-power Loss Detection on Input Modules For the diagnostic input modules. On the Module Properties dialog box. 3. click the Configuration tab. 2. When field power to the module is lost.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 Follow these steps to configure open wire detection. On the Module Properties dialog box.August 2010 81 . 1. 1. You should enable field-power loss detection only for points that are in use.

• Click the box to enable the feature specific point. if an output module is configured so that the state of the outputs turn off during Program mode. IMPORTANT Whenever you inhibit a diagnostic output module.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features 2. either On. For example. Follow these steps to configure the output fault state for a selected module. Features Specific to Diagnostic Output Modules The features described in this section are available on all ControlLogix diagnostic digital output modules. 3. Click OK. or Hold in case of a communication failure or Program mode. 1.August 2010 . Off. whenever that module is inhibited. • Clear the check mark to disable the feature for a specific point. On the Module Properties dialog box. 82 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the outputs will turn off. click the Configuration tab. Do one of the following in the field-power loss column. it enters the Program mode and all outputs change to the state configured for the Program mode. Configurable Point-level Output Fault States Individual outputs can be independently configured to unique fault states.

Other devices can use this broadcast signal (through a listen-only connection) to determine the desired state of the output without having to interrogate the owner-controller. when a processor sends out an output command to the ControlLogix system.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 2. 3. Refer to Field-side Output Verification on page 87 if your application requires a more detailed response than only acknowledging the receipt of a command. Make sure you choose the correct set point where the field device is wired to the module.August 2010 83 . This process verifies that the module has received the command and will try to execute it. Monitor Fault Bits The Output Data Echo only matches the commanded state of the outputs if the module is operating under normal conditions. If there is an anomaly with the module. Click OK. the commanded state and the Output Data Echo may not match. This feature cannot relay to the system that the field-side device connected to the output module has executed the command. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Click the pull-down menu to choose the fault state. Output Data Echo During normal operation. the diagnostic output module that is targeted for that command returns the commanded state of the output to the system.

group-to-group. IMPORTANT Although some ControlLogix diagnostic I/O modules provide non-isolated. the output data echo may not match the commanded state of the outputs. • Loss of field power (1756-OA8D and 1756-OA8E only) . field-side wiring options. If a fault occurs.or 16-point densities for greater flexibility in your application.August 2010 . or channel-to-channel wiring isolation. If there is a mismatch between the commanded state of the outputs and the Output Data Echo. check your diagnostic output module for the following conditions: • Communications fault.Module will not turn on output if no AC power is detected. Field Wiring Options As with diagnostic input modules. Your specific application determines what type of isolation is necessary and which output module to use. In this case. Multiple Output Point Densities ControlLogix diagnostic output modules use either 8. ControlLogix diagnostic output modules provide isolated or non-isolated wiring options.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features You can monitor the fault bits for your output points for fault conditions. the fault bit is set and your program alerts you to the condition. I/O modules provide point-to-point. each I/O module maintains internal electrical isolation between the system-side and field-side. 84 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . • Blown fuse . • Connection inhibited.Module will not turn on output if overload/short circuit is detected.

The protection is based on a thermal cut-out principle. No. see Output Online Services on page 129. AC DC (1) Fusing on the Module Recommended Fuse Yes . Recommended Fuses Circuit Type Cat. (2) (3) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . For an example of how to reset an electronic fuse. that channel will limit the current within milliseconds after its thermal cut-out temperature has been reached. All other channels will continue to operate as directed by the module master (CPU. and so forth). Bridge. What this means is that the output verify fault signals of the other channels should be checked and reset if a short-circuit on one channel occurs. that channel will limit the current within milliseconds after its thermal cut-out temperature has been reached. Bridge. Other channels could produce a false error on the output verify fault signal due to the supply dropping below the minimum detect level of 19. In the event of a short-circuit condition on an output channel. This feature protects the module from electrical damage. circuit breakers. The electronic protection of this module has been designed to provide protection for the module from short-circuit conditions.2V DC.August 2010 85 . or other code required wiring protection devices. The electronic protection of this module has been designed to provide protection for the module from short-circuit conditions. The protection is based on a thermal cut-out principle.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 Electronic Fusing Diagnostic digital outputs have internal electronics to prevent too much current from flowing through the module.Fused on a per point basis Yes . You can reset an electronic fuse through RSLogix 5000 configuration software or by using ladder logic running on a controller.Fused on a per point basis Electronically fused Electronically fused 1756-OA8D(1) (2) 1756-OB16D(1) (2) (3) Electronic protection is not intended to replace fuses. In the event of a short-circuit condition on an output channel. The output channels that are affected by this phenomena will continue to operate as directed by the module master (CPU. and so forth).

V+ Current Sense Current flow with output Off Current flow with output On Output Transistor Load 41681 Diagnostic output modules list a minimum load current specification (1756-OA8D = 10 mA & 1756-OB16D = 3 mA). as shown in the simplified diagram. The output circuit on a diagnostic output module has a current sensing optoisolator used in parallel with the output transistor. the module must be connected to a load that will draw a minimum current equal to these values. no load detects the absence of field wiring or a missing load from each output point in the Off-state only. In the On-state. 1.August 2010 . Current flows through this sensing circuit only when the output is Off. On the Module Properties dialog box.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features No Load Detection For each output point. Follow these steps to enable no load detection. 86 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . diagnostic output modules are capable of sensing current through the optoisolator and the load when the output point is Off. click the Configuration tab. If a connected load is sized in accordance with the minimum load current specification.

For example. This feature has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program in the event of a fault. • Clear the check mark to disable the feature for a specific point.ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 2.August 2010 87 . a point-level fault is sent to the controller. see Appendix B. For more information on these tags. In other words. in applications that need to verify that the module has accurately followed the processor’s instructions. The diagnostic output module can tell a controller that it received a command and whether the field-side device connected to the module has executed the command. this feature confirms that the output is On when it is commanded to be On. for each output point. If an output cannot be verified. For more information on these tags. Field-side Output Verification Field-side output verification informs you that logic side instructions that the module consumes are accurately represented on the power side of a switching device. 3. the module samples the field-side state and compares it to the system-side state. Do one of the following in the No Load column. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Click OK. This feature has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program in the event of a fault. • Click the box to enable the feature for a specific point. see Appendix B.

Click OK.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Follow these steps to enable the field-side output verification. click the Configuration tab. Do one of the following in the Output Verify column.August 2010 . 3. 1. 88 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 2. On the Module Properties dialog box. • Clear the check mark to disable the feature for specific point. • Click the box to enable the feature for a specific point.

Although no diagnostic bits are set in the output data echo. Description The Blown Fuse diagnostic (see page 85 for a complete explanation) can be used only when an output module is in the On state. IMPORTANT The pulse test does not guarantee a fuse will blow when the output point turns On. But it would be useful to be made aware when operating conditions for a module may cause a blown fuse. • When first performing the pulse test. See page 273 in Appendix C for performing a pulse test with a CIP Generic Message instruction. You should be at the actual load while the test is performed. • Only use the test when the output state does not transition for long periods of time. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features Chapter 4 Pulse Test Pulse test is a feature found on diagnostic output modules that can verify output-circuit functionality without actually changing the state of the output load device. It merely indicates this condition is possible. the pulse test reports a failure because conditions when the point is On indicate a blown fuse condition may occur (see Point-level Fault Reporting on page 76). it is recommended that you verify the load will not transition. the output point is commanded to be On briefly. Topic Detect a blown fuse before it happens. The table explains how a pulse test can be used to perform a preemptive diagnosis of possible future module conditions.August 2010 89 . TIP Consider the following when using the pulse test. Normal diagnostics will catch faults if the outputs are transitioning regularly. A short pulse is sent to the targeted output circuit. If you perform a pulse test on the module while the output is in the Off state. The circuit should respond as it would if a real change-of-state command was issued. but the load device does not transition.

Chapter 4

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features

Topic Detect a No Load condition with an output On.

Description The No Load diagnostic (see page 86) can only detect a fault (that is, set the No Load bit) when an output point is in the Off state. But you may find it useful to be made aware when operating conditions for that point may reveal a potential No Load condition. If you perform a pulse test on an output point while it is in the On state, the output point is commanded to be Off briefly. The pulse test reports a failure because conditions when the point is Off indicate the possible absence of a field device; in this case, though, the No Load bit will not be set (see Point-level Fault Reporting on page 76). IMPORTANT The Pulse Test does not guarantee the absence of a load. It merely indicates this condition is possible.

Follow these steps to perform a pulse test by using RSLogix 5000 software. Your project must be online for you to perform the pulse test. 1. On the Module Properties dialog box, click the Pulse Test tab.

2. Click Test for a particular point on the module to perform a pulse test. 3. Click OK.

90

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features

Chapter 4

Point-level Electronic Fusing
Diagnostic output modules use electronic fusing to protect output points from the surge of too much current through that point on the module. If too much current begins to flow through a point, the fuse is tripped and a point-level fault is sent to the controller. You can reset an electronic fuse through RSLogix 5000 programming software or through ladder logic running on a controller. See page 273 in Appendix C for performing a fuse reset with a CIP Generic Message instruction. This feature has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program in the event of a fault. For more information on these tags, see page 249. Follow these steps to reset a fuse for a point on a module. 1. On the Module Properties dialog box, click the Diagnostics tab.

2. Click Reset for a particular point on the module to reset a fuse. 3. Click OK.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

91

Chapter 4

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features

Field-power Loss Detection on Output Modules
This feature is used when field power to the output module is lost or zero cross cannot be detected. A point-level fault is sent to the controller to identify the exact point faulted.
IMPORTANT

Only enable field-power loss detection for points that are in use. If this feature is enabled for points that are not in use, you will receive faults for those points during operation.

Follow these steps to enable or disable field-power loss detection. 1. On the Module Properties dialog box, click the Configuration tab.

2. Do one of the following in the Field Power Loss column. • Click the box to enable the feature for a specific point. • Clear the check mark to disable the feature for a specific point. 3. Click OK.

92

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features

Chapter 4

Diagnostic Change of State for Output Modules
If the Diagnostic Change of State feature is enabled, a diagnostic output module sends new data to the owner-controller when one of the events described in the table occurs.
Topic Receipt of output data Diagnostic change of state Description Output module sends data when it echoes back to the owner-controller. Output module sends data when any change in the diagnostics output point occurs.

Unlike diagnostic input modules, this feature cannot be disabled for diagnostic output modules. There is no ‘Enable Change of State for Diagnostic Transitions’ box at the bottom of the Configuration tab to check or uncheck for diagnostic output modules.

Fault and Status Reporting Between Input Modules and Controllers

ControlLogix diagnostic digital input modules multicast fault and status data to any owner-listening controllers. All diagnostic input modules maintain a module-fault word, the highest level of fault reporting. Some modules also use additional words to indicate fault conditions. The following table lists the tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred for a diagnostic input module.
Tag Module-fault Word Field Power Loss Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting. It’s tag name is Fault. This word is available on all digital input modules. This word indicates loss of field power to a group on the module. It’s tag name is FieldPwrLoss. This word is available on 1756-IA8D only. See Field-power Loss Detection on Input Modules on page 81 for more information. Open Wire Word This word indicates the loss of a wire from a point on the module. It’s tag name is OpenWire. See Open Wire Detection on page 80 for more information.

All words are 32-bit, although only the number of bits appropriate for each module’s density are used. For example, the 1756-IA16I module has a module-fault word of 32 bits. But, because this is a 16-point module, only the first 16 bits (bits 0…15) are used in the module-fault word.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

93

Chapter 4

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features

Fault bits in the field-power loss word and open wire word are logically entered into the module-fault word. In other words, depending on the module type, a bit set in the module-fault word can mean multiple things, as indicated in the table.
Condition Communications fault Field-power loss Open wire Bit set All 32 bits are set to 1, regardless of the module’s density. Only the bit affected is set to 1.

The following illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for digital input modules.
Bit 31 Module-fault Word All modules A communications fault sets all bits in the module-fault word. A field-power loss or open wire condition sets the appropriate bit in the module -fault word. 1 1 Bit 0

Group 1 1

Group 0

Field Power Loss Word 1756-IA8D only

A loss of field power sets the bit for that group in the field-power loss word and also sets the appropriate bit in the module-fault word. 1 An open wire condition on any point sets the bit for that point in the open wire word and also sets the appropriate bit in the module-fault word.

Open Wire Word

41456

94

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features

Chapter 4

Fault and Status Reporting Between Output Modules and Controllers

ControlLogix diagnostic digital output modules multicast fault and status data to any owner-listening controllers. All output modules maintain a module-fault word, the highest level of fault reporting. Some modules also use additional words to indicate fault conditions. The table lists the tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred for a diagnostic input module.
Tag Module-fault Word Fuse Blown Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting. It’s tag name is Fault. This word is available on all digital input modules. This word indicates a point or group fuse blown on the module. It’s tag name is FuseBlown. See Electronic Fusing on page 85 for more information. Field-power Loss Word This word indicates loss of field power to a point on the module. It’s tag name is FieldPwrLoss. This word is available on 1756-OA8D only. See Field-power Loss Detection on Output Modules on page 92 for more information. No Load Word This word indicates a loss of a load from a point on the module. It’s tag name is NoLoad. See No Load Detection on page 86 for more information. Output Verify Word This word indicates when an output is not performing as commanded by the owner-controller. It’s tag name is OutputVerify. See Field-side Output Verification on page 87 for more information.

All words are 32-bit, although only the number of bits appropriate for each module’s density are used. For example, the 1756-OB8 module has a module-fault word of 32 bits. But, because the module is an 8-point module, only the first 8 bits (bits 0…7) are used in the module-fault word. Fault bits in the fuse blown word, field-power loss word, no load word and output verify word are logically entered into the module-fault word.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

95

a bit set in the module-fault word can mean multiple things. field-power loss. regardless of the module’s density. Fuse Blown Word A blown fuse for any point and group sets the bit for that point and group in the Fuse Blown Word and also sets the appropriate bits in the module-fault word. Output Verify Word An output verify condition for any point sets the bit for that point in the output verify word and also sets the appropriate bit in the module-fault word.August 2010 . Bit 31 Module-fault Word A communications fault sets all bits in the module-fault word.Chapter 4 ControlLogix Diagnostic Digital I/O Module Features In other words. The following illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process for digital output modules. Bit set All 32 bits are set to 1. Field-power Loss Word 1756-OA8D only A loss of field power from any group sets the bit for that point in the field-power loss word and also sets the appropriate bits in the module-fault word. as indicated in the table. depending on the module type. No Load Word A no load condition for any point sets the bit for that point in the no load word and also sets the appropriate bit in the module-fault word. 1 1 1 1 1 Bit 0 1 Group 1 1 Group 0 Group 1 1 Group 0 41457 96 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Bit Set Conditions Condition Communications fault Fuse blown Field-power loss No load Output verify Only the bit affected is set to 1. A fuse blown. no load or output verify condition sets the appropriate bit in the module-fault word.

August 2010 97 . an electrical arc can occur.Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Introduction This chapter provides step-by-step instructions and illustrations for installing ControlLogix I/O modules. Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) provides the flexibility to maintain modules without having to stop production. 97Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Be sure the power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding. This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installments. Topic Install the I/O Module Key the Removable Terminal Block Connect the Wiring Assemble the Removable Terminal Block and Housing Install the Removable Terminal Block Remove the Removable Terminal Block Remove the Module from the Chassis Page 97 99 100 104 107 108 109 Install the I/O Module You can install or remove a ControlLogix I/O module while chassis power is applied. Exercise extreme caution when using this feature. and how to use the correct RTB wiring type and housing depending on your system application. ATTENTION Although the module is designed to support RIUP. unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur. Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector. Topics include general guidelines for installing an I/O module. WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on. when you remove or insert an RTB with field-side power applied. Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation. keying a removable terminal block (RTB).

Slide the module into the chassis until the locking tabs ‘click’.August 2010 . Align the circuit board with the top and bottom chassis guides.Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Follow these steps to insert the module into the chassis. 98 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Printed Circuit Board 20861-M 2. 20862-M Installation of the module is now complete. 1.

respectively.and U-shaped bands are manually inserted into the RTB and module. insert the U-shaped band with the longer side near the terminals. For example. Wedge. do not insert a wedge-shaped tab in slot 4 on the RTB or your RTB will not mount on the module. 20850-M Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 99 . 1. if you place a U-shaped keying band in slot 4 on the module. We recommend that you use a unique keying pattern for each slot in the chassis. To key the module. Push the band onto the module until it snaps into place. This process hinders a wired RTB from being accidentally inserted into a module that does not match the positioning of the respective tabs. 2. Key positions on the module that correspond to unkeyed positions on the RTB.Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Chapter 5 Key the Removable Terminal Block Key the removable terminal block (RTB) to prevent inadvertently connecting the wrong wiring in the RTB to your module.

5. including grounding the cable and connecting the wires to each RTB type. (1) The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs (1756-TBCH. Repeat step 1…step 4 by using additional U-shaped and straight tabs until the module and RTB lock into each other properly. Module side of RTB 0 12 3 45 67 20851-M 4. 1756-TBNH. insert the straight. To key the RTB in positions that correspond to unkeyed module positions.Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module 3. see Appendix G. Push the tab onto the RTB until it stops. If you are using an RTB. Connect the Wiring You can use an RTB or a Bulletin 1492 pre-wired Interface Module (IFM)(1) to connect wiring to your module. wedge-shaped tab on the RTB with the rounded edge first. This chapter explains the general guidelines for wiring your digital I/O modules. follow the directions below to connect wires to the RTB. To see a listing of the IFMs available for use with the ControlLogix analog I/O modules. An IFM has been pre-wired before you received it. 1756-TBSH and 1756-TBS6H). Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency 100 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 .

2 mm (1/8 in.) maximum flat-bladed screwdriver before installing it onto the module.catalog number 1756-TBNH • Spring Clamp . Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .8 in.August 2010 101 .catalog number 1756-TBSH or TBS6H Cage Clamp Follow these steps to wire a cage clamp. 1756-OA16 1756-OA16I 1756-OB8 1756-OB8EI 1756-OB8I 1756-OB16D 1756-OB16E 1756-OB16I 1756-OB16IS 1756-OB32 1756-OC8 1756-OG16 1756-OH81 1756-ON8 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E 1756-OW16I 1756-OX8I Page 188 191 194 197 200 203 206 209 212 215 218 221 224 227 230 233 236 239 RTB Types (each RTB comes with housing) Wire the RTB with a 3.catalog number 1756-TBCH • NEMA Clamp . These are the three types of RTBs: • Cage Clamp . Strip 9. No. 1.) maximum length of wire. 2.5 mm (3.Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Chapter 5 The following table shows each module catalog number and the corresponding page with the wiring diagram. 1756-IA8D 1756-IA16 1756-IA16I 1756-IA32 1756-IB16 1756-IB16D 1756-IB16I 1756-IB32 1756-IC16 1756-IG16 1756-IH16I 1756-IM16I 1756-IN16 1756-IV16 1756-IV32 1756-OA8 1756-OA8D 1756-OA8E Page 134 137 140 143 146 149 152 155 158 161 164 167 170 173 176 179 182 185 Cat. Insert the wire into the open terminal on the side. No. Cat.

August 2010 . Turn the terminal screw clockwise until the wire is secured. The wiring from the connections can be grouped with a plastic tie. Spring Clamp Follow these steps to wire a spring clamp. 1. NEMA Clamp Follow these steps to wire a NEMA clamp.) maximum length of wire. Turn the screw clockwise to close the terminal on the wire. Turn the terminal screw counterclockwise. The open section at the bottom of the RTB is called the strain relief area. 2. Strain Relief Area 40201-M 4. Strip 8 mm (5/16 in. 102 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 3.) maximum length of wire. Strain Relief Area 20859-M The open section at the bottom of the RTB is called the strain relief area. Strip 11 mm (7/16 in.Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module 3. The wiring from the connections can be grouped with a plastic tie. 1. Insert the stripped end of the wire under the plate on the terminal.

Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Chapter 5 2. The open section at the bottom of the RTB is called the strain relief area. and not the screwdriver. Insert the screwdriver into the outer hole of the RTB to depress the spring-loaded clamp. is inserted into the open terminal to prevent damage to the module. 3. Insert the wire into the open terminal and remove the screwdriver. • A jumper bar is shipped with certain I/O modules to assist in installation. Strain Relief Area 20860-M IMPORTANT Make sure the wire. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . RTB Wiring Recommendations Consider the following guidelines when you are wiring your RTB.August 2010 103 . The wiring from the connections can be grouped with a plastic tie. For an example of when to use the jumper bar. see page 105.. • Begin wiring the RTB at the bottom terminals and move up. see the 1756-IA16I wiring diagram. • Use a tie to secure the wires in the strain relief area of the RTB. Extra jumper bars may be purchased by ordering catalog number 1756-JMPR • Order and use an extended-depth housing (catalog number 1756-TBE) for applications that require heavy gauge wiring. For more information.

Slide the RTB into the housing until it snaps into place. Align the grooves at the bottom of each side of the housing with the side edges of the RTB. 2. 104 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Assemble the Removable Terminal Block and Housing Removable housing covers the wired RTB to protect wiring connections when the RTB is seated on the module. 1 2 3 2 3 4 5 20858-M Item 1 2 3 4 5 Description Housing cover Groove Side edge of RTB RTB Strain relief area Follow these steps to attach the RTB to the housing.August 2010 . 1. IMPORTANT If additional wire routing space is required for your application. catalog number1756-TBE. use the extended-depth housing. Parts of the catalog number 1756-TBCH RTB (example below) are identified in the table.

Standard-depth Housing Extended-depth Housing 30484-M IMPORTANT The housings shown are used with a spring clamp RTB.14 AWG wires Standard-depth 336 mm2 (0.52 in. but the capacity for each remains the same regardless of RTB type.Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Chapter 5 Choose the Extended-depth Housing There are two housing options you must consider when wiring your ControlLogix digital I/O module: standard-depth or extended-depth. If your application uses heavy gauge wiring. When you order an RTB for your I/O module. you receive a standard-depth housing.. 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1756-TBE Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .97 in. you can order an extended-depth housing. The extended-depth housing does not come with an RTB.August 2010 105 .2) 40 . RTB Type NEMA clamp Spring clamp (20-position) Cage clamp Spring clamp (36-position) Any RTB that uses heavy gauge wiring Extended-depth 628 mm2 (0. No.2) 36 .14 AWG wires Wire Capacity Number of Wires Cat.18 AWG wires 23 .

198 in.823 in.75 (5.5) 3. Dimensions are in mm (in. The diagram shows the difference. between an I/O module by using a standard-depth housing and one by using an extended-depth housing.Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Cabinet Size Considerations with Extended-depth Housing When you use an extended-depth housing (catalog number 1756-TBE).43 mm (6.) 106 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .18 (0.698) 12.187) Rear Surface of ControlLogix Chassis Standard-depth Housing Extended-depth Housing 41682 IMPORTANT The depth from the front of the module to the back of the chassis is as follows: • Standard-depth housing = 147. the I/O module depth is increased.91 mm (5.) 144.7 (0.125) 131. in terms of depth.73 (5.August 2010 .) • Extended-depth housing = 157.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Chapter 5 Install the Removable Terminal Block This section shows how to install the RTB onto the module to connect the wiring. However.August 2010 107 . If the RTB is installed onto the module while the field-side power is applied. the RTB will be electrically live. It is recommended that field-side power be removed before installing the RTB onto the module. ATTENTION Shock hazard exists. Do not touch the RTB’s terminals. Top Guide Bottom Guide 20853-M 2. make certain: • • • • field-side wiring of the RTB has been completed. RTB housing door is closed. Failure to observe this caution may cause personal injury. Align the top. RTB housing is snapped into place on the RTB. 1. when you remove or insert an RTB with field-side power applied. locking tab at the top of the module is unlocked. unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur. Before installing the RTB. Press quickly and evenly to seat the RTB on the module until the latches snap into place. bottom and left side guides of the RTB with the guides on the module. The RTB is designed to support Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP). Exercise extreme caution when using this feature.

If the RTB is removed from the module while the field-side power is applied.August 2010 . Open the RTB door by using the bottom tab. 108 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Do not touch the RTB’s terminals.Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module 3. 20854-M Remove the Removable Terminal Block If you need to remove the module from the chassis. Failure to observe this caution may cause personal injury. Slide the locking tab down to lock the RTB onto the module. unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur. However. you must first remove the RTB from the module. 1. ATTENTION Shock hazard exists. It is recommended that field-side power be removed before removing the module. Unlock the locking tab at the top of the module. The RTB is designed to support Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP). the module will be electrically live. when you remove or insert an RTB with field-side power applied. Exercise extreme caution when using this feature. 2.

20856-M Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Hold the spot marked PULL HERE and pull the RTB off the module. A shock hazard exists. 1. Push in the top and bottom locking tabs. IMPORTANT Do not wrap your fingers around the entire door. 20855-M Remove the Module from the Chassis Follow these steps to remove a module from its chassis.August 2010 109 .Install the ControlLogix I/O Module Chapter 5 3.

Chapter 5 Install the ControlLogix I/O Module 2. Pull module out of the chassis.August 2010 . 20857-M 110 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

such as RPI. there are situations where you might want to modify the default settings.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Introduction You must configure your module upon installation. to get your I/O module to communicate with the owner-controller. However.August 2010 111 . The programming software uses default configurations. You can maintain custom settings on tabs from the Module Properties dialog box. filter times. This section provides step-by-step instructions for creating default and custom configurations. The module will not work until it has been configured. Topic Create a New Module Custom Settings (Modify Default Configuration) Configure a Standard Input Module Configure a Standard Output Module Configure a Diagnostic Input Module Configure a Diagnostic Output Module Edit Configuration Configure I/O Modules in a Remote Chassis Input Online Service Output Online Services View and Change Module Tags Page 114 120 124 125 126 126 127 128 129 129 129 111Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . In most cases. and so forth. you will use RSLogix 5000 programming software to configure your digital I/O module.

see the RSLogix 5000 Getting Results Guide. 112 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . For software installation instructions and to learn how to navigate the software package. To configure I/O modules in a remote chassis.August 2010 . Each of these steps is explained in detail in the following pages. 3.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules IMPORTANT This section focuses on configuring I/O modules in a local chassis. Configuration Process Overview Follow these basic steps to configure a ControlLogix digital I/O module by using the RSLogix 5000 software. you must follow all the detailed procedures with two additional steps. 1. A chart that shows the full configuration profile is on page 113. RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed on your computer to complete the procedures for both default and custom configurations. 2. Accept the default configuration or change it to specific configuration (customized) for the module. Create a new module. See page 128 for the additional remote chassis procedures. Edit a configuration for a module when changes are needed.

Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Full Configuration Profile Diagram New Module 1. Choose a module from the list 2. format Minor revision Keying choice Click OK to use default configuration OK Button Make custom configuration choices here Series of Application Specific Screens Configuration Complete Edit Configuration Series of tabs in RSLogix 5000 software provide access to change a module’s configuration data 41058 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Choose a Major Revision Click a tab to set specific configuration Tabs Naming Screen Name Description Slot number Comm.August 2010 113 .

Click the ‘+’ next to Digital for a list for this module group. 1. version 15 and later. you must be offline when you create a new module.August 2010 . When using any previous version. IMPORTANT RSLogix 5000 software. you are ready to create a new module. You can use a default configuration or set up a custom. configuration for your application program.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Create a New Module After starting the RSLogix 5000 programming software and creating a controller. or specific. On the Controller Organizer. 114 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . right-click I/O Configuration and choose New Module. lets you add I/O modules online. 2. The Select Module dialog box appears.

Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 3. Select a module and click OK. 4. TIP To find the revision number. Click OK to accept the default major revision.August 2010 115 . and then right-click the module to choose Properties in the pull-down menu. Open the module. Click the RSWho icon and choose the network. The revision number is among the properties. open RSLinx software. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

In the slot box. See page 44 for details. type a module name. The New Module Properties dialog box appears with tabs for entry of additional configuration settings. make sure Open Module Properties is not checked and then click OK. To set up a custom configuration. Do one of the following to either accept default configuration settings or edit configuration data. Choose an electronic keying method. In the Name box. type an optional description for the module. IMPORTANT Make sure you choose the correct communication format for your application because you cannot change the selection after the program is downloaded with the controller. 10. choose a communication format. In the Description box. make sure Open Module Properties is checked and then click OK. 7. From the Comm Format pull-down menu. enter the module’s slot number. b. 9. You will have to reconfigure the module to change the communication format.August 2010 . 116 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 5. a. See page 117 for a description of the communication format choices. 6.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules The New Module dialog box appears. To accept the default configuration settings. 8.

input data Listen-only -CST timestamped input data Listen only . -IC16. -IG16. -IM16I. -IV32 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . -IH16I. Once a module is created. -IV16.Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Communication Format The communication format determines: • what type of configuration options are made available. Module returns input data with the value of the system clock (from its local chassis) when the input data changes.August 2010 117 . you cannot change the communication format unless you delete and recreate the module. -IA32. -IB16I. Controllers that want to listen to a module but not own it use the listen-only communication format. TIP When you choose a listen-only communication format. CST timestamped input data The 1756-CNB module collects all Rack optimization digital input words in the remote chassis and sends them to the controller as a single rack image. -IB32. This connection type limits the status and diagnostic information available. The number and type of choices varies depending on what module you are using and whether it is in a local or remote chassis. • what type of data is transferred between the module and its owner-controller. only the General and Connection tabs appear when you view a module’s properties in RSLogix 5000 software. These choices have the same definition as the similarly-named options above except that they are listen-only connections. • what tags are generated when the configuration is complete. -IA16I. -IB16. Input Module Communication Formats Data Return Communication Format Module Module returns only general fault Input data and input data.rack optimization 1756-IA16. The table describes the communication formats used with input modules. The communication format also defines the connection between the controller writing the configuration and the module itself. -IN16. Listen only .

Communication Format Full diagnostic input data Module 1756-IA8D. Output Module Communication Formats Data Return The owner-controller sends the module only output data. -OB16IS(1). -OX8I Module Rack optimization Listen only . -IB16D Listen only . -IB16D As with input modules.output data Listen only . the number and type of choices varies depending on which output module you are using and whether it is in a local or remote chassis.rack optimization 118 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . -OB8. -OB16I. -OW16I. The owner-controller sends the module output data and a CST timestamp value The owner-controller sends all digital output words to the remote chassis as a single rack image. -OG16. the value of the system clock (from its local chassis) when the input data changes.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Input Module Communication Formats Data Return Module returns input data. -OB8I.August 2010 . -OH8I. These choices have the same definition as those above except that they are listen-only connections. and diagnostic data (diagnostic modules only). -OC8. -OB32. Communication Format Output data Scheduled output data 1756-OA8. -ON8. -OA16I. The table describes the communication formats used with output modules. This choice has the same definition as Full diagnostic input data except that it is a listen-only connection.full diagnostic input data 1756-IA8D.

-OB16D Listen only . The module returns diagnostic data and a timestamp of diagnostics.Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Output Module Communication Formats Data Return Communication Format Module CST timestamped fuse data The owner-controller sends the .output data module only output data. Listen only .output data except that it is a listen-only connection. .scheduled output data 1756-OA8D.output data Scheduled output data per point 1756-OB16IS only The 1756-OB16IS module does not support the Rack optimization.CST This choice has the same timestamped fuse data definition as CST timestamped output data fuse data . The owner-controller sends the module only output data. See page 44 for details. The owner-controller sends the module output data and a CST timestamp value.full diagnostics . -OV32E Listen only . The module returns fuse blown status with the value of the system clock (from its local chassis) when the fuse is either blown or reset.August 2010 119 . CST timestamped fuse data 1756-OA16. you can choose how specific the keying must be when a module is inserted into a slot in the chassis. Electronic Keying When you configure a module. This choice has the same definition as Full diagnostics output data except that it is a listen-only connection. (1) Full diagnostic . The owner-controller sends the module output data and a CST timestamp value. -OA8E.scheduled output data -OB16E.output data Full diagnostics . The module returns fuse blown status with the value of the system clock (from its local chassis) when the fuse is either blown or reset. -OB8EI. The owner-controller sends the module output data and a CST timestamp value. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The module returns diagnostic data and a timestamp of diagnostics. -OV16E.rack optimization and Scheduled output data communication formats.

The Module Properties dialog box appears with tabs to access additional information. The Connection tab is the default. This information is used to communicate data between the controller and module. This section describes how to modify the default configuration. Tags let you provide each a unique name.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Custom Settings (Modify Default Configuration) RSLogix 5000 programming software automatically creates module-defined data types and tags when a module is created. The following examples are for instructional purposes. input and output data. Follow these steps to modify a default configuration.August 2010 . TIP Tabs can be selected in any order. make sure Open Module Properties is checked and click OK. such as where the user-defined data type and slot reside on the controller. Data types symbolically name module configuration. 1. 120 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . On the New Module dialog box.

see ‘Configure a Major Fault to Occur’ in the Logix5000 Controllers Information and Status Programming Manual. maximum period of time when data is transferred to the owner-controller.Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Connection Tab The Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box lets you enter a requested packet interval (RPI). See Module Inhibiting in Chapter 3 for more information. Inhibit module Check the box to prevent communication between the owner-controller and the module. See Requested Packet Interval (RPI) in Chapter 2 for more information. publication 1756-PM015. Field Name Requested Packet Interval (RPI) Description Enter an RPI value or use the default. The RPI provides a defined.August 2010 121 . This option allows for maintenance of the module without faults being reported to the controller. For important information on this checkbox. Major fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Check the box to create a major fault if there is a connection failure with the module while in Run mode. Choose from the options on the Connection tab. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 1.

122 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Field Name Module Fault Description The fault box is empty if you are offline. The type of connection fault appears in the text box if a fault occurs when the module is online.August 2010 . Clear the box to disable the feature for each point. Do one of the following: • Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab. See Change of State (COS) in Chapter 2 for more information. is detected. such as Off/On On/Off. Field Name Enable Change of State Off->On On -> Off Description Check each point on the module that you want to produce data whenever a change of state. Configuration Tab The Configuration tab lets you program information for a specific point on the module. 2. 1. Choose from the options on the Configuration tab. • Click OK if you are finished making changes.

Clear the box to disable the feature for each point. Click the pull-down to choose how long a signal must be present before it is detected on a channel-wide basis. Check a point to enable diagnostic latching. b.August 2010 123 . See Open Wire Detection in Chapter 4 for more information. Do one of the following. a. Click Apply to store a changes but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab. Check a point to enable open wire detection. See Software Configurable Filter Times in Chapter 4 for more information. and the second column is for points when power is turned On to Off. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The first column enables points when power is turned Off to On. See Diagnostic Latch of Information in Chapter 4 for more information. Clear the box to disable the feature for each point. Enable diagnostic latching This option is available only for diagnostic modules. Input filter time 2.Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Field Name Enable Diagnostics for Open Wire Description This option is available only for diagnostic modules. Enable Change of State for Diagnostic Transitions Check the box (lower portion of the screen) to transmit diagnostic status data with an updated timestamp when a change of state occurs. Click OK if you are finished making changes.

August 2010 .Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Configure a Standard Input Module The table lists the ControlLogix standard digital input modules and the features that can be configured. 124 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See page 59. Input Modules 1756-IA16 1756-IA16I 1756-IA32 1756-IB16 1756-IB16I 1756-IB32 1756-IC16 1756-IG16 1756-IH16I 1756-IM16I 1756-IN16 1756-IV16 1756-IV32 Configured Feature Change of state Input filter times Description See page 56.

August 2010 125 . you can choose whether the outputs will behave as if the controller were in Program mode or Fault mode. See page 74. If there is a fault. Configured Features Output state in Program mode Output state in Fault mode Transition from Program state to Fault state Description In Program or Fault mode.Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Output Module The table lists the ControlLogix standard digital output modules and the features that can be configured. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See page 82 for more information. Input Modules 1756-OA16 1756-OA16I 1756-OA8 1756-OA8E 1756-OB16E 1756-OB16I 1756-OB16IS 1756-OB32 1756-OB8 1756-OB8I 1756-OB8EI 1756-OC8 1756-OG16 1756-OH8I 1756-ON8 1756-OV32E 1756-OW16I 1756-OX8I 1756-OA8E only Field power loss detection Diagnostic latching See page 92. a controller will not run the control program to determine the state of the outputs based on information received from the inputs.

Description See page 82. see page 129. See page 87. 126 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . For more information on how to reset Latched Diagnostics. See page 74. See page 74. See page 78. See page 81. See page 79. Configure a Diagnostic Output Module The table lists the ControlLogix diagnostic digital output modules and the features that can be configured.August 2010 . Input Modules 1756-OA8D 1756-OB16D Configured Features Output state in Program mode Output state in Fault mode Transition from Program state to Fault state No load detection Diagnostic latching Output verify detection 1756-OA8D only Field power loss detection See page 86. Input Modules 1756-IA8D 1756-IA16D Configured Features Change of state Input filter times Open wire detection Field power loss detection Diagnostic latching Diagnostic change of state Description See page 78.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Configure a Diagnostic Input Module The table lists the ControlLogix diagnostic digital input modules and the features that can be configured. See page 80. See page 92.

right-click an I/O module and choose Properties. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . you can review and change your choices in the RSLogix 5000 programming software. = The Module Properties dialog box appears. and then click OK.Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Edit Configuration After you have set configuration for a module. Follow these steps to edit a module’s configuration. 1. 2.August 2010 127 . Click a tab that contains the fields that you want to edit. This is called dynamic reconfiguration. On the Controller Organizer. Make any changes. You can download the data to the controller while online. 3.

Follow the same procedures as you do for configuring local I/O modules. This module handles communication between the controller chassis and the remote chassis.August 2010 . Choose a communication module for the local chassis and click OK. For more information on the ControlLogix ControlNet module. starting on page 114. The New Module dialog box appears. On the Controller Organizer. The Select Module dialog box appears. Configure the communication module in the remote chassis. Now you can configure the remote I/O modules by adding them to the remote communication module. Click OK to accept the default major revision. publication ENET-UM001. 1. 3. 128 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . publication CNET-UM001. ControlNet and EtherNet/IP communication modules must be configured in the local chassis and the remote chassis to handle network protocol. Click the ‘+’ next to Communications for a list of communication modules. Repeat steps 1…6 to configure a communication module for the remote chassis. Follow these steps to configure a communication module for the local chassis. 7. 4. For more information on the ControlLogix EtherNet/IP Bridge module. You can then add new I/O modules to the program via the communication module. right-click I/O Configuration and choose New Module. 2. see ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems. 6. Configure the communication module in the local chassis. see EtherNet/IP Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual. 5.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Configure I/O Modules in a Remote Chassis There are separate communication modules available for different networks to configure I/O modules in a remote chassis.

3. Click Reset for the appropriate point setting in the Reset Latched Diagnostics column. On the Modules Properties screen. 1. Follow these steps to perform a reset when a fault is latched in the set position. Click OK. a set of tags is created by the ControlLogix system that can be viewed in the Tag Editor of the RSLogix 5000 software. only accessed during online monitoring. Follow these steps to access a module’s tags.August 2010 129 .Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules Chapter 6 Input Online Service Diagnostic input modules have an additional page of diagnostic service. This screen is accessed through the module’s properties. • Electronic Fuse reset • Reset Latched Diagnostics • Pulse Test See Point-level Electronic Fusing and Pulse Test in Chapter 4 for procedures and sample screens. 2. Each configured feature on your module has a distinct tag that can be used in the processor’s ladder logic. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Reset Latched Diagnostics is not used when writing configuration. click the Diagnostics tab. Output Online Services Diagnostic output modules have additional features. View and Change Module Tags When you create a module.

130 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . At the top of the Controller Organizer. 2.August 2010 . The Controller Tags dialog box appears with data. Click the slot number of the module that you want to view information.Chapter 6 Configure Your ControlLogix Digital I/O Modules 1. See Appendix B for details on viewing and changing a module’s configuration tags. right-click Controller tags and choose Monitor Tags.

These modules have internal electronic fusing to prevent too much current from flowing through the module. These modules have individually isolated inputs or outputs. These modules have an E at the end of the catalog number.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Introduction This chapter provides module-specific information for all ControlLogix digital modules. The table describes the different types of digital I/O modules. Individually isolated The following tables list where module-specific information are located in this section. These modules have an I at the end of the catalog number.August 2010 Page 179 182 185 188 191 194 197 200 203 206 209 212 215 218 221 224 227 230 233 236 239 131 . Digital I/O Type Diagnostic Electronic fusing Description These modules provide diagnostic features to the point level. ControlLogix Input Modules Module 1756-IA8D 1756-IA16 1756-IA16I 1756-IA32 1756-IB16 1756-IB16D 1756-IB16I 1756-IB32 1756-IC16 1756-IG16 1756-IH16I 1756-IM16I 1756-IN16 1756-IV16 1756-IV32 Page 134 137 140 143 146 149 152 155 158 161 164 167 170 173 176 ControlLogix Output Modules Module 1756-OA8 1756-OA8D 1756-OA8E 1756-OA16 1756-OA16I 1756-OB8 1756-OB8EI 1756-OB8I 1756-OB16D 1756-OB16E 1756-OB16I 1756-OB16IS 1756-OB32 1756-OC8 1756-OG16 1756-OH8I 1756-ON8 1756-OV16E 1756-OV32E 1756-OW16I 1756-OX8I 131Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . These modules have a D at the end of the catalog number.

publication 1756-UM528. on or off (off is default) • States in Program mode per point: Hold last state. publication 1756-IN592. 3. A fused IFM is recommended to protect outputs (see publication 1492-TD008) • Module keying: Electronic. software configurable • RTB Keying: User-defined mechanical 1756 digital DC input modules 1756 digital DC output modules • Scheduled outputs: Synchronization within 16. on or off (off is default) • Fusing: .All other modules. Not protected.±100 µs for sequence of events modules(1) . 1500 A interruption current. 1756-OB16E. 1756-OA8E: Electronically fused per point .7 seconds maximum.15 .Chapter 7 Module-specific Information The 1756 digital I/O modules support these features.1756-OB8EI. on or off (off is default) • Fusing: . software configurable • RTB keying: User-defined mechanical (1) For details. 1756-OV32E: Electronically fused per point . software configurable • RTB keying: User-defined mechanical • Reverse polarity protection: All modules except 1756-IG16 module • Change of state: Software configurable • Timestamp of inputs: .All other modules: Not protected. see the ControlLogix Sequence of Events Module Installation Instructions. Module Type 1756 digital AC input modules Features • • • • Change of state: Software configurable Timestamp of inputs: ±200 µs Module keying: Electronic. reference to the Coordinated System Time • Fault states per point: Hold last state.±200 µs for all other modules • Module keying: Electronic. Littelfuse p/n H2153.7 seconds maximum. and the ControlLogix Sequence of Events Module User Manual. 1756-OB16D. 1756-OV16E. A fused IFM is recommended to protect outputs (see publication 1492-TD008) • Module keying: Electronic. 132 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-OA8D.15 A @ 250V AC slow blow. reference to the Coordinated System Time • Fault states per point: Hold last state.1756-OA16: Mechanically fused/group. software configurable RTB keying: User-defined mechanical 1756 digital AC output modules • Scheduled outputs: Synchronization within 16.August 2010 . on or off (off is default) • States in Program mode per point: Hold last state.

reference to the Coordinated System Time • Configurable fault states per point: Hold last state. publication 1756-TD002. on or off (off is default) • Configurable states in Program mode per point: Hold last state.August 2010 133 . Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Module Type 1756 digital contact modules Features • Scheduled outputs: Synchronization within 16.7 seconds maximum. A fused IFM is recommended to protect outputs (See publication 1492-TD008) • Module keying: Electronic. software configurable • RTB keying: User-defined mechanical IMPORTANT For the latest I/O module specifications. see the 1756 ControlLogix I/O Modules Technical Specifications. on or off (off is default) • Fusing: Not protected.

1756-IA8D Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range 1756-IA8D 8 diagnostic (4 points/group) 120V AC 79…132V AC. 1/2 W 5% Resistor IN-4 IN-5 16 15 GND ControlLogix Backplane Interface L2-1 Group 1 L2-1 18 17 IN-6 IN-7 20 19 Group 1 47 k Ω.August 2010 .1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 1/2 W.1756-IA8D Attribute Open wire Loss of power Timestamp of diagnostics 1756-IA8D Off-state leakage current 1. max 134 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .35 BTU/hr 20V DIAG NO STIC Input voltage. 5% Resistor L2-1 L2-1 L2 L1 L1-1 Loss of Field Power Diagnostics . 47…63 Hz 120V AC Hardware delay: 10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 1 or 2 ms Hardware delay: 8 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 9 or 18 ms 100 mA 3 mA 4.5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 15. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IA8D ControlLogix AC (79..5 mA min Transition range 46…85V AC ±1 ms AC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O FL T 012 345 67 K Technical Specifications ..132V) diagnostic input module Simplified Schematic +5V Not Used Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 1756-IA8D 2 4 1 L1-0 Loss of Field Power 3 Input Display GND +5V ControlLogix Backplane Interface Open Wire Display L2-0 6 5 IN-0 IN-1 8 7 L2-0 Group 0 L2-0 10 9 IN-2 IN-3 12 11 Group 0 L2-0 L2-1 14 13 47 k Ω.

. 1.1756-IA8D Attribute Off-state current. 60 Hz 200 µs.2 mm (3/64 in.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). max Inrush current. Operating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Operating Cold). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.1756-IA8D Attribute Temperature.750 ms 125V (continuous).25 kΩ @ 132V AC. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.1 mm2 (22. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1200V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.5 mA 5 mA @ 74V AC 16 mA @ 132V AC 250 mA 8. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. max Input impedance.. surrounding air Temperature. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.. Environmental Specifications . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Operating) Shock. basic insulation type. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 1756-IA8D 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.August 2010 135 . or greater..33. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IA8D 2. min On-state current.1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). publication 1770-4. inputs-to-backplane. 2. max On-state current. catalog number 1756-TBE. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.

compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.B.1756-IA8D Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IA8D UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. 136 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ... Division 2 Group A. Programmable Controllers) C-Tick FM TÜV (1) Australian Radiocommunications Act. See UL File E65584. See CSA File LR54689C.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 When marked. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD./Control/Lab.1756-IA8D Attribute Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IA8D 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80..ab.B. Certificates.August 2010 . Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2..2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.com for Declarations of Conformity.. certified for US and Canada..D Hazardous Locations. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. See CSA File LR69960C. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. See the Product Certification link at http://www.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . and other certification details.C. Meas.C.

Module-specific Information

Chapter 7

1756-IA16
ControlLogix AC (74...132V) input module
1756-IA16
2 1

Simplified Schematic IN-O L2-0 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface +5V
Group 0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs

IN-1
4 3

IN-0 IN-2
6 5

IN-3 IN-5
8 7

IN-4 IN-6
10 9

Group 0

IN-7 L2-0
12 11

L2-0 IN-8
14 13

IN-9 IN-11
16 15

IN-10 IN-12
18 17

Group 1

IN-13 IN-15
20 19

Group 1

IN-14 L2-1

L2-1

L2

L1

AC INPUT
ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O FL T 012 345 67 K

Technical Specifications - 1756-IA16
Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range 1756-IA16 16 (8 points/group) 120V AC 74…132V AC, 47…63 Hz 120V AC Hardware delay: 10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 1 or 2 ms Hardware delay: 8 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 9 or 18 ms 105 mA 2 mA 5.8 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 18.41 BTU/hr 20V 2.5 mA 5 mA @ 74V AC 13 mA @ 132V AC

DIAG NO STIC

Input voltage, nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation, max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage, max Off-state current, max On-state current, min On-state current, max

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

137

Chapter 7

Module-specific Information

Technical Specifications - 1756-IA16
Attribute Inrush current, max Input impedance, max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IA16 250 mA peak (decaying to <37% in 22 ms, without activation) 10.15 kΩ @ 132V AC, 60 Hz 200 µs...750 ms 125V (continuous), basic insulation type, inputs-to-backplane, and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1200V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.33... 2.1 mm2 (22...14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ), or greater, 1.2 mm (3/64 in.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 None (open-style)

Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type
(1)

Maximum wire size requires extended housing, catalog number 1756-TBE.

(2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1.

Environmental Specifications - 1756-IA16
Attribute Temperature, operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad, Operating Cold), IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd, Operating Dry Heat), IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb, Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature, surrounding air Temperature, storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab, Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold), IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb, Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat), IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na, Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db, Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc, Operating) Shock, operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea, Unpackaged Shock) Shock, nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea, Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IA16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F)

60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F)

5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1, Class A 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80... 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000...2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports

EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4

138

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Module-specific Information

Chapter 7

Environmental Specifications - 1756-IA16
Attribute Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37.90.1 1756-IA16 ±1kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz...80 MHz 3 kV

Certifications - 1756-IA16
Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IA16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment, certified for US and Canada. See UL File E65584. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See CSA File LR54689C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I, Division 2 Group A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations. See CSA File LR69960C. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive, compliant with: • EN 61326-1; Meas./Control/Lab., Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2; Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4; Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2; Programmable Controllers (Clause 8, Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD, compliant with: • EN 61131-2; Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act, compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11; Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations When marked. See the Product Certification link at http://www.ab.com for Declarations of Conformity, Certificates, and other certification details.

C-Tick FM
(1)

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

139

Chapter 7

Module-specific Information

1756-IA16I
ControlLogix AC (79...132V) isolated input module
Simplified Schematic IN-O L2-0
L2-4 Isolated Wiring L2-0 L2-2 L2-0 L2-1 L2-2 L2-3 L2-4 L2-5 L2-6 1756-IA16I
2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9

+5V

IN-0 IN-1 IN-2 IN-3 IN-4 IN-5 IN-6 IN-7 IN-8 IN-9 IN-10 IN-11 IN-12 IN-13 IN-14 IN-15 Not Used Not Used

L1-0 L1-2 L1-4

GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface
Jumper Bar (Cut to Length)

12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35

L2-7 L2-8 L2-9 L2-10 L2-11 Nonisolated Wiring L2-12 L2-13 L2-14 L2-15 L2 L2-15 Not used

Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR.

L1

Daisy Chain to Other RTBs

Technical Specifications - 1756-IA16I

AC INPUT
ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 K

Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage, nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation, max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage, max Off-state current, max On-state current, min On-state current, max

1756-IA16I 16 individually isolated 120V AC 79…132V AC, 47…63 Hz 120V AC Hardware delay: 10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 1 or 2 ms Hardware delay: 8 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 9 or 18 ms 125 mA 3 mA 4.9 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16.71 BTU/hr 20V 2.5 mA 5 mA @ 79V AC, 47…63 Hz 15 mA @ 132V AC, 47…63 Hz

140

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Module-specific Information

Chapter 7

Technical Specifications - 1756-IA16I
Attribute Inrush current, max Input impedance, max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IA16I 250 mA 8.8 kΩ @ 132V AC, 60 Hz 200 µs...750 ms 125V (continuous), basic insulation type, inputs-to-backplane, and input-to-input Routine tested @ 1200V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0.33... 2.1 mm2 (22...14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ), or greater, 1.2 mm (3/64 in.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style)

Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type
(1) (2)

Maximum wire size requires extended housing, catalog number 1756-TBE.

Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1.

Environmental Specifications - 1756-IA16I
Attribute Temperature, operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad, Operating Cold), IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd, Operating Dry Heat), IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb, Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature, surrounding air Temperature, storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab, Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold), IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb, Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat), IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na, Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db, Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc, Operating) Shock, operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea, Unpackaged Shock) Shock, nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea, Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IA16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F)

60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F)

5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1, Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80... 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000...2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports

EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

141

Chapter 7

Module-specific Information

Environmental Specifications - 1756-IA16I
Attribute Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37.90.1 1756-IA16I ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz...80 MHz 3 kV

Certifications - 1756-IA16I
Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IA16I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment, certified for US and Canada. See UL File E65584. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See CSA File LR54689C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I, Division 2 Group A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations. See CSA File LR69960C. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive, compliant with: • EN 61326-1; Meas./Control/Lab., Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2; Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4; Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2; Programmable Controllers (Clause 8, Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD, compliant with: • EN 61131-2; Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act, compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11; Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A,B,C,D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2

C-Tick FM TÜV
(1)

When marked. See the Product Certification link at http://www.ab.com for Declarations of Conformity, Certificates, and other certification details.

142

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 20. max Off-state current.5 ms nom/10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 1 or 2 ms Hardware delay: 1 ms nom/ 8 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 9 or 18 ms 165 mA 2 mA 6.5 mA 5 mA @ 74V AC 15 mA @ 132V AC 390 mA 14.August 2010 143 . max 1756-IA32 32 diagnostic (4 points/group) 120V AC 74…132V AC.132V) input module Simplified Schematic IN-O L2-0 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface +5V IN-1 IN-3 IN-5 IN-7 IN-9 IN-11 IN-13 IN-15 L2-0 IN-17 IN-19 IN-21 IN-23 IN-25 IN-27 IN-29 IN-31 L2-1 1756-IA32 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 Group 0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 IN-0 IN-2 IN-4 IN-6 IN-8 IN-10 IN-12 IN-14 L2-0 IN-16 IN-18 IN-20 IN-22 IN-24 IN-26 IN-28 IN-30 L2-1 Group 0 Group 1 Group 1 L1 L2 Technical Specifications . 47…63 Hz 120V AC Hardware delay: 1.0 kΩ @ 132V AC.1756-IA32 AC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.. min On-state current. max Inrush current. max On-state current.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 60 Hz 1 ST 8 9 0 1 1 1 ST 6 7 8 2 2 2 ST 4 5 6 1 1 1 9 2 7 1 2 2 0 2 8 1 3 2 1 2 9 1 4 2 2 3 0 1 O 5 K 2 3 3 1 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . max Input impedance.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-IA32 ControlLogix AC (74. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.8 BTU/hr 20V 2.

basic insulation type. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.2 mm (3/64 in. input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. catalog number 1756-TBE. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.. surrounding air Temperature.750 ms 250V (continuous).. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IA32 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines..2700 MHz 144 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. basic insulation type.33. Operating Cold).. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.1756-IA32 Attribute Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IA32 200 µs. or greater. Operating) Shock.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.1 mm2 (22.1. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Environmental Specifications .1756-IA32 Attribute Temperature.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications .. Operating Dry Heat).. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. 1. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.. inputs-to-backplane 125V (continuous). publication 1770-4.August 2010 . 2..

See CSA File LR54689C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.D Hazardous Locations.August 2010 145 . See the Product Certification link at http://www. certified for US and Canada. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. See UL File E65584. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.com for Declarations of Conformity.1756-IA32 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IA32 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Industrial Emissions C-Tick (1) When marked.B. Certificates. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.1756-IA32 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-IA32 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . and other certification details. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. See CSA File LR69960C.80 MHz Certifications .Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications .. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Meas. Division 2 Group A./Control/Lab..C. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11..ab.

max On-state current. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 700 µs nom/2 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. 9.1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17. max Off-state current.31.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IB16 ControlLogix DC (10.2V DC 24V DC Hardware delay: 290 µs nom/1 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. min On-state current.2V DC 146 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 . 1. max 1756-IB16 16 (8 points/group) 12/24V DC sink 10.39 BTU/hr 5V 1...2V) input module Simplified Schematic ? 1756-IB16  +5V IN-0 GND-0 GND ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Group 0 IN-1 ? ? IN-0 IN-2 ? ? IN-3 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs IN-5 ? ? IN-4 IN-6  ? Group 0 IN-7 GND-0 ?  GND-0 IN-8 ? ? IN-9 IN-11 IN-10 ? ? Group 1 IN-13 ? ? IN-12 IN14 ? ? Group 1 IN-15 GND-1 GND-1 DC COM + Technical Specifications .1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. or 18 ms 100 mA 2 mA 5. 1. 2.. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.1756-IB16 DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.5 mA 2 mA @ 10V DC 10 mA @ 31..31.

. catalog number 1756-TBE.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. basic insulation type. without activation) 3. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . Operating Dry Heat). Operating) Shock.2 mm (3/64 in. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IB16 250 mA peak (decaying to < 37% in 22 ms. or greater. inputs-to-backplane.1 mm2 (22. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. surrounding air Temperature..33. and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).. max Input impedance. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.12 kΩ @ 31. 2.2V DC 200 µs. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.750 ms 250V (continuous). publication 1770-4.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. 1.1.1756-IB16 Attribute Temperature.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T3C T3 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IB16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Environmental Specifications .. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.1756-IB16 Attribute Inrush current. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines..2700 MHz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.. Operating Cold).August 2010 147 . Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual..

Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Certificates. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.August 2010 .1 1756-IB16 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.B.. See the Product Certification link at http://www.ab.90.1756-IB16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IB16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Division 2 Group A.B..D Hazardous Locations When marked./Control/Lab. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. certified for US and Canada.1756-IB16 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. See UL File E65584. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . Meas. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T3 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.C.D Hazardous Locations. See CSA File LR54689C. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 148 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . and other certification details. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.C.80 MHz 3 kV Certifications . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See CSA File LR69960C.com for Declarations of Conformity. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.

.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 9. max Thermal dissipation 1756-IB16D 16 diagnostic (4 points/group) 12/24V DC sink 10. 2.3 k Ω.8 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 19..78 BTU/hr Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-IB16D Attribute Open wire Timestamp of diagnostics 1756-IB16D Off-state leakage current 1. 1. 1/4 W 2% Resistor Group 10 9 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 GND-0 GND Group 1 Group GND-2 Group 2 GND-2 GND-2 GND-2 GND-3 GND-3 Group 3 GND-3 GND-3 GND-3 Not Used Open Wire 14. 1/4 W 2% Resistor Group Group – DC COM + Diagnostics .3 k Ω.. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.30V) diagnostic input module Simplified Schematic Input +5V IN-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Daisy Chain to Other RTBs GND-0 GND-0 GND-0 GND-0 GND-1 GND-1 GND-1 GND-1 1756-IB16D 2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 Group 0 IN-0 IN-1 IN-2 IN-3 IN-4 IN-5 IN-6 IN-7 IN-8 IN-9 IN-10 IN-11 IN-12 IN-13 IN-14 IN-15 Not Used Not Used 14.1756-IB16D DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FLT 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 DIAGNOSTIC Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.30V DC 24V DC Hardware delay: 340 µs nom/1 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.August 2010 149 . 1.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-IB16D ControlLogix DC (10..2 mA min ±1 ms Technical Specifications . or 2 ms Hardware delay: 740 µs nom/4 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. or 18 ms 150 mA 3 mA 5.

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Unpackaged Shock) Emissions 1756-IB16D 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.. 1. 2. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea..14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.33. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.1756-IB16D Attribute Off-state voltage.1756-IB16D Attribute Temperature. Operating Cold). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Operating) Shock. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IB16D 5V 1..5 mA 2 mA @ 10V DC 13 mA @ 30V DC 250 mA 2. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. min On-state current. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. basic insulation type.31 kΩ @ 30V DC 200 µs. publication 1770-4. max Off-state current.August 2010 . See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. Operating Dry Heat).750 ms 250V (continuous). catalog number 1756-TBE. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd..2 mm (3/64 in. Environmental Specifications . operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Class A 150 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ... inputs-to-backplane. max On-state current.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications .1 mm2 (22. max Input impedance. and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T3C T3 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.1. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. surrounding air Temperature. or greater. max Inrush current.

General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T3 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.1756-IB16D Attribute ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IB16D 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.com for Declarations of Conformity. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.C.. See UL File E65584. and other certification details.D Hazardous Locations. certified for US and Canada. Meas.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.B. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.August 2010 151 ....1756-IB16D Certifications(1) UL CSA 1756-IB16D UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.C. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Certificates. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications ... CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.ab. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. See CSA File LR69960C.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked. See CSA File LR54689C. Division 2 Group A. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2./Control/Lab. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.B. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.

max On-state current. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 4 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. DC (-) GND-15 Not Used DC (+) Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications 1756-IB16I DC INPUT Attribute Inputs ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 K 1756-IB16I 16 individually isolated 12/24V DC sink/source 10. max Inrush current.. max 152 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .30V DC 24V DC Hardware delay: 1 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.. 9. max Off-state current.. or 18 ms 100 mA 3 mA 5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 2. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5..August 2010 . 1.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IB16I ControlLogix DC (10.5 mA 2 mA @ 10 V DC 10 mA @ 30V DC 250 mA peak (decaying to < 37% in 22 ms.30V) isolated input module Simplified Schematic +5V IN-0 GND-0 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface Isolated Wiring DC-0 (-) DC-1 (-) GND-0 GND-1 GND-2 Source Input Wiring DC-5 (-) DC-6 (-) GND-3 GND-4 10 1756-IB16I DC-0 (+) DC-1 (+) 1 3 5 7 9 2 4 6 8 IN-0 IN-1 IN-2 IN-3 IN-4 IN-5 IN-6 IN-7 IN-8 IN-9 IN-10 IN-11 IN-12 IN-13 IN-14 IN-15 Not Used Not Used – – + + GND-5 GND-6 GND-7 GND-8 GND-9 GND-10 GND-11 GND-12 GND-13 GND-14 GND-15 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 (+) DC-5 (+) (+) DC-6 (+) Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) Nonisolated Wiring Sink Input Wiring Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR. without activation) Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage. 1. min On-state current. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.05 BTU/hr 5V 1.

Operating Dry Heat). 2.. publication 1770-4.1.750 ms 250V (continuous). Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. or greater. Operating) Shock.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IB16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.33. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.August 2010 153 . catalog number 1756-TBE. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.2 mm (3/64 in.. Environmental Specifications .1 mm2 (22.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications 1756-IB16I Attribute Input impedance. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.1756-IB16I Attribute Temperature. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Operating Cold). surrounding air Temperature.. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IB16I 3 kΩ @ 30V DC 200 µs.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. 1.. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. basic insulation type.. and input-to-input Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.. inputs-to-backplane.. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab..

Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.August 2010 .C.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . Certificates. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.90. See UL File E65584.80 MHz 3 kV Certifications . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Division 2 Group A.com for Declarations of Conformity. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. See CSA File LR69960C. 154 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.D Hazardous Locations. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Meas. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.1756-IB16I Attribute Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37. certified for US and Canada.1756-IB16I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IB16I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.B. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.1 1756-IB16I ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.ab. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2./Control/Lab.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked.C. and other certification details.. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. See CSA File LR54689C.B. See the Product Certification link at http://www.

Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-IB32 ControlLogix DC (10. 1. min On-state current. 9.1 BTU/hr @ 60 °C (140 °F) 5V 1..5 mA 250 mA (decaying to < 37% in 22 ms. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 420 µs max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. or 18 ms 120 mA 2 mA 6.August 2010 155 . without activation) 1 ST 8 9 0 1 1 1 ST 6 7 8 2 2 2 ST 4 5 6 1 1 1 9 2 7 1 2 2 0 2 8 1 3 2 1 2 9 1 4 2 2 3 0 1 O 5 K 2 3 3 1 Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.2V DC 24V DC Hardware delay:380 µs max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0..5 mA 2 mA 5.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 1.2 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 21. max Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-IB32 Attribute 1756-IB32 32 (16 points/group) 12/24V DC sink 10.31. max On-state current. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. max Off-state current..2V) input module Simplified Schematic +5V IN-0 GND-0 GND ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Group 0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs IN-1 IN-3 IN-5 IN-7 IN-9 IN-11 IN-13 IN-15 GND-0 IN-17 IN-19 IN-21 IN-23 IN-25 IN-27 IN-29 IN-31 GND-1 1756-IB32 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 Group 1 IN-0 IN-2 IN-4 IN-6 IN-8 IN-10 IN-12 IN-14 GND-0 IN-16 IN-18 IN-20 IN-22 IN-24 IN-26 IN-28 IN-30 GND-1 Group 0 Group 1 DC COM – + DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Technical Specifications .. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.31. 2. max Inrush current.

Operating) Shock... Unpackaged Shock) Shock. input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.2 mm (3/64 in.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).1756-IB32 Attribute Temperature. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.1 mm2 (22. catalog number 1756-TBE. Operating Dry Heat). storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IB32 5.) insulation max(1) 1 .. basic insulation type.1. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb..Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications .2V DC 200 µs. surrounding air Temperature. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. or greater..67 kΩ @ 31. Environmental Specifications .. 2. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.. reinforced insulation type. inputs-to-backplane 250V (continuous).. Operating Cold). Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.750 ms 250V (continuous). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.33. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.on signal ports(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. publication 1770-4.2700 MHz 156 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 . 1. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IB32 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).1756-IB32 Attribute Input impedance. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.

Division 2 Group A. and other certification details. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. See the Product Certification link at http://www.B. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. certified for US and Canada.B. Certificates.90.80 MHz 3 kV Certifications . CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. See CSA File LR69960C. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. UL Listed for Class I. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.com for Declarations of Conformity.1756-IB32 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37.B. certified for U. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.C. Division 2 Group A. See UL File E65584.. See CSA File LR54689C.1756-IB32 Certification(1) c-UL-us 1756-IB32 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment..C. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4./Control/Lab.August 2010 157 . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.C. Meas. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .S.ab.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . See UL File E194810. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.D Hazardous Locations.1 1756-IB32 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. and Canada. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.D Hazardous Locations.

.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IC16 ControlLogix DC (30.73 BTU/hr 10V 1..2 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17.5 mA 2 mA @ 30V DC 158 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .60V) input module 1756-IC16 Simplified Schematic IN-1 2 1 IN-0 4 3 IN-0 GND-0 GND +5V IN-3 IN-2 6 5 Group 0 IN-5 8 7 IN-4 IN-6 10 9 Group 0 IN-7 GND-0 12 11 ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface GND-0 IN-8 14 13 IN-9 IN-11 16 15 IN-10 IN-11 18 17 Group 1 IN-13 IN-15 20 19 Group 1 IN-14 GND-1 GND-1 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs – DC COM + Technical Specifications . 2..1756-IC16 DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage. max Off-state current. max On-state current.. 9.. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.55V DC @ 60 °C (140 °F) 30. 1. or 18 ms 100 mA 3 mA 5.. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 4 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.August 2010 . min 1756-IC16 16 (8 points/group) 48V DC sink 30.60V DC @ 55 °C (131 °F) 48V DC Hardware delay: 1 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. 1.

IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s. Environmental Specifications . Operating Cold).2 mm (3/64 in.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).1756-IC16 Attribute Temperature. publication 1770-4.1. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IC16 7 mA @ 60V DC 250 mA 8.August 2010 159 . Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . inputs-to-backplane 125V (continuous). Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 1756-IC16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. 1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). basic insulation type.33.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. or greater.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. surrounding air Temperature. max Inrush current. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. max Input impedance. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. catalog number 1756-TBE.750 ms 250V (continuous). input group-to-group Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.. basic insulation type. Operating) Shock. Operating Dry Heat). inputs-to-backplane Routine tested @ 924V AC for 2 s.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications .1 mm2 (22.1756-IC16 Attribute On-state current. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. 2.57 kΩ @ 60V DC 200 µs. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db..

Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Certificates. and other certification details.90.com for Declarations of Conformity.B. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.1756-IC16 Attribute Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IC16 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.1 Certifications .B. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2./Control/Lab. See UL File E65584.C.August 2010 .80 MHz 3 kV EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37.D Hazardous Locations When marked.D Hazardous Locations...... certified for US and Canada.1756-IC16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IC16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Meas. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. See CSA File LR54689C. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 160 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. See CSA File LR69960C. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Division 2 Group A.ab.C. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . See the Product Certification link at http://www.

8V = Input guaranteed to be in on-state • 0.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-IG16 ControlLogix TTL input module Standard Wiring 1756-IG16 – DC 2 1 CE Compliant Wiring 1756-IG16 I/O Wire 2 1 IN-1 IN-0 4 3 IN-1 4 3 IN-0 IN-2 6 5 IN-3 6 5 IN-2 IN-4 8 7 5V DC IN-3 IN-5 8 7 IN-5 IN-4 IN-6 10 9 I/O Wire + – TTL Input Device + – IN-7 + DC DC Power Wire IN-7 10 9 IN-6 DC COM 0 12 11 DC-0(+) IN-9 14 13 DC-0(+) 12 11 DC COM 0 IN-8 IN-10 16 15 IN-9 14 13 IN-8 IN-10 16 15 IN-11 5V DC Power IN-11 IN-13 18 17 IN-13 18 17 IN-12 IN-14 20 19 IN-12 IN-15 Capacitor 0.5 K IN 1K 74HCT14 560 DC COM Low to True Format .01 µF Typical (See notes below.0…5.2…0.) IN-15 20 19 IN-14 DC COM 1 DC-1(+) DC COM 1 DC-1(+) Simplified Schematic +5 DC 1.8…2.5V = Input guaranteed to be in off-state Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-IG16 • -0.0V = Input state not guaranteed • 2.5 K IN 1K 74HCT14 560 1.August 2010 161 .

. max Input impedance.High logic.5.5V DC 50 mV P-P ripple max Hardware delay: 270 µs nom/450 µs max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.7 mA @ 5V DC 4. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 390 µs nom/700 µs max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.1 mm2 (22.2 mm (3/64 in.. 1. publication 1770-4. max Input current. and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.2…0. 9..4 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4. or greater.. or 18 ms 110 mA 2 mA 1.) insulation max(2) 2(3) T5 T5 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) TTL inputs are inverted (-0.8 BTU/hr @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2V 4.1756-IG16 DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input delay time OFF to ON (5-to-0V DC transition) ON to OFF (0-to-5V DC transition) Current draw @ 5. 2. (3) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . 2. (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.1 mA 1. inputs-to-backplane.. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.5 kΩ typical 3.) Use a NOT instruction in your program to convert to traditional True ..33. catalog number 1756-TBE.. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IG16 16 (8 points/group) 5V DC TTL source (Low=True)(1) 4.750 ms 250V (continuous).5.August 2010 . max Off-state current.4 kΩ min 1. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).8 = low voltage = True = On. 1. 162 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 1.1 mA @ 5V DC 200 µs.1. nom Input current.. basic insulation type.

C-Tick Ex (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). surrounding air Temperature.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications .1756-IG16 Attribute Temperature.August 2010 163 . Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.. Certificates../Control/Lab. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. certified for US and Canada. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. and other certification details.1756-IG16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IG16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.C. See the Product Certification link at http://www. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T5 X When marked. Operating) Shock. Meas. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Operating Dry Heat). 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IG16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. See CSA File LR54689C..ab. See UL File E65584. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.com for Declarations of Conformity. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Division 2 Group A.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment... Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. Operating Cold). See CSA File LR69960C.D Hazardous Locations.B.

max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage. 9..August 2010 .05 BTU/hr 20V DC 0. 14 Channels ON (140 °F).. DC (-) DC (+) Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications .1756-IH16I DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. max On-state voltage Derated as follows 1756-IH16I 16 individually isolated 125V DC sink/source 90.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IH16I ControlLogix DC (90.8 mA 1 mA @ 90V DC 3 mA @ 146V DC 90…146V DC 90…146V DC @ 50 °C 90…132V DC @ 55 °C 90…125V DC @ 60 °C 90…146V DC @ 30 °C (122 °F). or 2 ms Hardware delay: 6 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. 1.146V) isolated input module 1756-IH16I Simplified Schematic +5V IN-0 GND-0 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface DC-7 (-) Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) DC-0 (-) Isolated Wiring DC-3 (-) GND-0 GND-1 GND-2 GND-3 GND-4 GND-5 GND-6 GND-7 GND-8 GND-9 GND-10 GND-11 GND-12 GND-13 GND-14 GND-15 GND-15 Not Used 2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 IN-0 IN-1 IN-2 IN-3 IN-4 IN-5 IN-6 IN-7 IN-8 IN-9 IN-10 IN-11 IN-12 IN-13 IN-14 IN-15 Not Used Not Ysed DC-0 (+) DC-3 (+) 10 9 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 D C-7 (+) Nonisolated Wiring Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR. 16 Channels ON (86 °F). max On-state current. min On-state current.. or 18 ms 125 mA 3 mA 5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17.146V DC(1) 125V DC Hardware delay: 2 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. max Off-state current.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 1. 12 Channels ON (131 °F). 16 Channels ON 164 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .. 2.

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. 16 channels on 90. Operating) Shock.1 mm2 (22. Operating Cold).. (2) (3) Environmental Specifications . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.1756-IH16I Attribute Temperature.. max Input impedance.33. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 1756-IH16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.750 ms 250V (continuous). Maximum wire size requires extended housing.12 channels on 90.146V DC @ 30 °C (86 °F)..August 2010 165 .. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. catalog number 1756-TBE. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. 16 channels on. 14 channels on 90.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).146V DC @ 50 °C (122 °F). Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IH16I 250 mA 48.. inputs-to-backplane. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.132V DC @ 55 °C (131 °F). 1. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. or greater.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications ..1756-IH16I Attribute Inrush current.67 kΩ @ 146V DC 200 µs.125V DC @ 60 °C (140 °F). 2...) insulation max(2) 1(3) T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) 90. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Operating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.. surrounding air Temperature.1... publication 1770-4.2 mm (3/64 in. and input-to-input Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. basic insulation type.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).

See CSA File LR69960C..D Hazardous Locations. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.1 Certifications .ab. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.B.. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2..Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications ./Control/Lab. C-Tick FM (1) 166 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . certified for US and Canada.1756-IH16I Attribute Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IH16I 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.C. See UL File E65584..com for Declarations of Conformity. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.80 MHz 3 kV EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37. See the Product Certification link at http://www..90. Division 2 Group A.C.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Meas.D Hazardous Locations When marked. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment..August 2010 .. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Certificates.B. and other certification details. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. See CSA File LR54689C.1756-IH16I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IH16I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.

8 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 19. 60 Hz 13 mA @ 265V AC...1756-IM16I AC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.August 2010 167 . Nonisolated Wiring L2-12 L2-13 L2-14 L2-15 L2-15 Not Used L2 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications . max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage. max 1756-IM16I 16 individually isolated 240V AC 159…265V AC.265V) input module Simplified Schematic Isolated Wiring 1756-IM16I IN-O L2-0 +5V L2-0 L2-2 L2-4 L2-0 L2-1 L2-2 L2-3 L2-4 L2-5 L2-6 L2-7 L2-8 L2-9 L2-10 L2-11 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 IN-0 IN-1 IN-2 IN-3 IN-4 IN-5 IN-6 IN-7 IN-8 IN-9 IN-10 IN-11 IN-12 IN-13 IN-14 IN-15 Not Used Not Used L1 L1-0 L1-2 L1-4 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR. max On-state current.78 BTU/hr 40V 2.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-IM16I ControlLogix AC (159. 60 Hz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .5 mA 5 mA @ 159V AC.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. max Off-state current. 47…63 Hz(1) 240V AC Hardware delay: 10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 1 or 2 ms Hardware delay: 8 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 9 or 18 ms 100 mA 3 mA 5. min On-state current. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.

Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . basic insulation type. 47…63 Hz @ 45 °C (113 °F). 1. surrounding air Temperature. or greater.750 ms 250V (continuous). Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. (2) (3) Environmental Specifications . IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Operating Dry Heat). all channels on 159…265V AC. all channels ON Inrush current. Operating Cold). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Class A 168 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . all channels on 159…242V AC.. 47…63 Hz @ 60 °C (140 °F).1. 47…63 Hz @ 30 °C 159…265V AC. 8 points ON (113 °F). Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).August 2010 . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.) insulation max(2) 1(3) T4 None (open-style) (86 °F). publication 1770-4.1756-IM16I Attribute On-state voltage 1756-IM16I 159…265V AC. inputs-to-backplane.38 kΩ @ 265V AC.. catalog number 1756-TBE.. 47…63 Hz @ 30 °C (86 °F). max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) 159…265V AC. Maximum wire size requires extended housing. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. max Input impedance. 47…63 Hz @ 60 °C 250 mA 20.. 47…63 Hz @ 45 °C 159…242V AC. 60 Hz 200 µs.1756-IM16I Attribute Temperature. 8 points on 159…253V AC. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.1 mm2 (22.2 mm (3/64 in. and input-to-input Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Operating) Shock. all channels ON (140 °F). Unpackaged Shock) Emissions 1756-IM16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. 47…63 Hz @ 40 °C 159…253V AC. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. 47…63 Hz @ 40 °C (104 °F). 2. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.33. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. all channels on.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). all channels ON (104 °F).

compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Certificates.C. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.B. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. and other certification details.. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.D Hazardous Locations When marked.1756-IM16I Attribute ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IM16I 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80...2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.B.August 2010 169 . Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Division 2 Group A. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.com for Declarations of Conformity.. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.1756-IM16I Certification(1) FM CSA 1756-IM16I FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2..ab. See CSA File LR69960C./Control/Lab.D Hazardous Locations CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See CSA File LR54689C. C-Tick FM (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .B..C. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.C. Meas.D Hazardous Locations.

30V) input module Simplified Schematic IN-O L2-0 GND L2 Group 0 IN-7 10 9 1756-IN16 +5V IN-1 L1 IN-3 2 1 IN-0 4 3 IN-2 6 5 IN-5 8 7 IN-4 Group 0 IN-6 L2-0 12 11 ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface L2-0 IN-9 14 13 IN-8 IN-10 16 15 IN-11 Group 1 IN-13 18 17 IN-12 IN-14 20 19 Group 1 IN-15 L2-1 L2-1 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications .1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.39 BTU/hr 5V 2.1756-IN16 AC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.2 mA @ 30V AC.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IN16 ControlLogix AC (10. max On-state current.1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17. max 1756-IN16 16 (8 points/group) 24V AC 10…30V AC. 47…63 Hz 24V AC Hardware delay: 10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.. min On-state current.August 2010 .75 mA 5 mA @ 10V AC. max Inrush current. 60 Hz 1. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 10 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 9 or 18 ms 100 mA 2 mA 5. max Off-state current. 1. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage. 60 Hz 250 mA 170 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

Unpackaged Shock) Shock. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Environmental Specifications .. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IN16 2. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). 1. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd..) insulation max(1) 1(2) T3C T3 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing..August 2010 171 . publication 1770-4. inputs-to-backplane. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IN16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.1 mm2 (22. basic insulation type.2 mm (3/64 in. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc...1756-IN16 Attribute Temperature. and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.2700 MHz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. 60 Hz 200 µs. or greater. Operating Cold). Operating Dry Heat).33. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications ..5 kΩ @ 30V AC.1. 2. Operating) Shock.. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.1756-IN16 Attribute Input impedance. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. surrounding air Temperature.. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.750 ms 250V (continuous). catalog number 1756-TBE. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).

Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. See the Product Certification link at http://www. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.C.B./Control/Lab. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T3 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.D Hazardous Locations When marked.August 2010 . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Meas.B. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. and other certification details. Division 2 Group A. certified for US and Canada. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.com for Declarations of Conformity.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications .80 MHz Certifications . Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8...1756-IN16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IN16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.D Hazardous Locations. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See UL File E65584.. Certificates. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 172 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See CSA File LR54689C.1756-IN16 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-IN16 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.C. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.ab. See CSA File LR69960C.

nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-IV16 ControlLogix DC (10.47 BTU/hr 5V DC 1. or 2 ms Hardware delay: 540 µs nom/2 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. max 1756-IV16 16 (8 points/group) 12/24V DC source 10.. 1.41 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 18.. min On-state current.30V) sourcing input module 1756-IV16 Simplified Schematic +5V DC-0+ IN-0 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface Group 0 IN-5 IN-1 2 1 IN-0 4 3 IN-3 6 5 IN-2 Group 0 IN-4 8 7 IN-7 10 9 IN-6 DC-0 + 12 11 DC-0 + IN-9 14 13 IN-8 IN-10 16 15 IN-11 Group 1 IN-13 18 17 IN-12 IN-14 20 19 Group 1 IN-15 DC-1 + DC-1 + + Daisy Chain to Other RTBs – DC COM Technical Specifications .August 2010 173 .5 mA 2 mA @ 10V DC 10 mA @ 30V DC Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 2... 1. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage. or 18 ms 110 mA 2 mA 5.30V DC 24V DC Hardware delay: 280 µs nom/1 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. 9. max On-state current.1756-IV16 DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 1 01 11 21 31 41 5K Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage. max Off-state current.

catalog number 1756-TBE. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. or greater. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IV16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Operating Dry Heat). storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.1756-IV16 Attribute Temperature. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.August 2010 ..2 mm (3/64 in. basic insulation type..1 mm2 (22. publication 1770-4. and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block housing Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. inputs-to-backplane. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.2700 MHz 174 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.. surrounding air Temperature.2 kΩ @ 30V DC 200 µs. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IV16 250 mA 3. Operating) Shock.1. Environmental Specifications .33. 2. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. 1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)... Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).. max Input impedance..750 ms 250V (continuous).. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Operating Cold).1756-IV16 Attribute Inrush current.

1756-IV16 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-IV16 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10Vr ms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. certified for US and Canada. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD./Control/Lab. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. See UL File E65584. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Meas.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications .B. Division 2 Group A. Certificates. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.B.D Hazardous Locations When marked.80 MHz Certifications .C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.C. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. See the Product Certification link at http://www. See CSA File LR69960C.ab.1756-IV16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IV16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. and other certification details.com for Declarations of Conformity. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. C-Tick Ex FM (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ..D Hazardous Locations. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.August 2010 175 . Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.

.30V DC 24V DC Hardware delay: 350 µs nom/1 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0.30V) sourcing input module Simplified Schematic +5V DC-0+ Group 0 IN-1 IN-3 IN-5 IN-7 IN-9 IN-11 1756-IV32 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 IN-0 IN-2 IN-4 IN-6 IN-8 IN-10 IN-12 IN-14 DC-0 (+) IN-16 IN-18 IN-20 IN-22 IN-24 IN-26 IN-28 IN-30 DC-1 (+) Group 1 Group 0 IN-0 GND ControlLogix Display Backplane Interface Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 IN-13 IN-15 DC-0 (+) IN-17 IN-19 Jumper Wire IN-21 IN-23 IN-25 IN-27 IN-29 IN-31 DC-1 (+) Group 1 + – DC COM Technical Specifications . max Off-state current..1756-IV32 DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 1 ST 8 9 0 11 1 ST 6 7 8 22 2 ST 4 5 6 3 1 1 1 9 2 7 4 1 2 2 0 2 8 5 1 3 2 1 2 9 6 1 4 2 2 3 0 7 1 O 5 K 2 3 3 1 Attribute Inputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Input voltage.August 2010 . without activation) 176 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . or 2 ms Hardware delay: 540 µs nom/2 ms max + filter time User-selectable filter time: 0. max Inrush current.1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 14 BTU/hr @ 60 °C (140 °F) 5V 1.. max On-state current. 1.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-IV32 ControlLogix DC (10. max 1756-IV32 32 (16 points/group) 12/24V DC source 10.. 2. 9. min On-state current.5 mA 250 mA (decaying to <37% in 22 ms. max Thermal dissipation Off-state voltage.5 mA 2 mA 3. 1.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. or 18 ms 120 mA 2 mA 4. nom Input delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.

Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.on signal ports(2) T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.750 ms 250V (continuous).August 2010 177 .33. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. 1. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Environmental Specifications .... inputs-to-backplane. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. or greater.2 mm (3/64 in. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Operating Dry Heat). Operating Cold). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.1756-IV32 Attribute Input impedance. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. catalog number 1756-TBE. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.1.2700 MHz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. max Cyclic update time Isolation voltage 1756-IV32 8. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.. and input group-to-group No isolation between individual group inputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb... Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-IV32 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. 2. Operating) Shock. basic insulation type. publication 1770-4. surrounding air Temperature.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications ..) insulation max(1) 1 ..1756-IV32 Attribute Temperature.1 mm2 (22..6 kΩ @ 30V DC 200 µs..

B. Meas. See the Product Certification link at http://www. See CSA File LR69960C. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.C. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.com for Declarations of Conformity. Division 2 Group A. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. certified for US and Canada. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.1756-IV32 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-IV32 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment..80 MHz Certifications . Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.ab.. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Certificates.August 2010 . Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.D Hazardous Locations. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 178 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.B. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. See UL File E65584. and other certification details. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.D Hazardous Locations When marked. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.C.1756-IV32 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-IV32 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I./Control/Lab.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications .

.5V peak @ 2 A 6V peak @ <50 mA 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OA8 ControlLogix AC (74.1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17.. max Thermal dissipation. max Off-state leakage current.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.39 BTU/hr 3 mA per point 1. max Current per point.3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 200 mA 2 mA 5.265V) output module Simplified Schematic +5V L1-0 2 1 1756-OA8 L1-0 4 3 OUT-0 OUT-1 6 5 L1-0 OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Surge Current Chart Group 0 L1-0 8 7 OUT-2 OUT-3 10 9 Group 0 L1-0 L1-0 12 11 Not used OUT-4 14 13 L1-1 20 A Current Surge L1-1 Group 1 L1-1 OUT-5 16 15 OUT-6 18 17 Group 1 L1-1 20 19 OUT-7 Not Used L2 2A 0 43 ms L1-1 Time Daisy Chain to Other RTBs L1 Technical Specifications .3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 9. max On-state voltage drop.August 2010 179 . max 1756-OA8 8 (4 points/group) 120/240V AC 74…265V AC 47…63 Hz 9.1756-OA8 AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.

If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 50…500 mA range. a resistor may be added across the output and L2.1. Operating Cold). the L1 AC waveform could be at fault. max Surge current per point Load current. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Inhibit voltage. (3) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. the module has a higher commutating dv/dt rating.. The purpose of this resistor is to increase the total output current to 50 mA (I=V/R). the TRIAC could latch on. If the commutating dv/dt rating of the TRIAC is exceeded. catalog number 1756-TBE. The commutating dv/dt rating of the module for loads 50…500 mA (OUTPUT to L2) is 4V/ms maximum. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. min Commutating voltage Isolation voltage 1756-OA8 5 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 20 A for 43 ms per point. 1. outputs-to-backplane.1756-OA8 Attribute Temperature. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.. basic insulation type..14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications .1 mm2 (22. or greater. At 50 mA and above.2 mm (3/64 in.1756-OA8 Attribute Current per module.2V/µs for loads < 50 mA(1) 250V (continuous). Environmental Specifications . max Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size Zero crossing 60V peak 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Operating Dry Heat). void of any anomalies such as distorted or flattened sections. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 mA per point 4V/µs for loads > 50 mA 0. be sure it is rated for the power that it will dissipate (P=(V**2)/R). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. surrounding air Temperature. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 10…50 mA range.August 2010 . publication 1770-4. 2. Operating) 1756-OA8 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 180 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .) insulation max(2) 1(3) T4A None (open style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) The commutating dv/dt of the output voltage (OUTPUT to L2) should not exceed 0. When adding a resistor for the output to L2.33.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Be sure the waveform is a good sinusoid. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.2V/ms for loads under 50 mA.

D Hazardous Locations.1756-OA8 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OA8 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. Certificates. Division 2 Group A. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.C.C..B.August 2010 181 ./Control/Lab. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OA8 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. and other certification details. certified for US and Canada. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.D Hazardous Locations When marked.. See the Product Certification link at http://www. See UL File E65584.. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.. Meas. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.com for Declarations of Conformity. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act.B. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.ab. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea..1756-OA8 Attribute Shock.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. See CSA File LR69960C. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . C-Tick FM (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ..Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications .

1756-OA8D AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range 1756-OA8D 8 diagnostic. electronic fusing (4 points/group) 120V AC 74…132V AC 47…63 Hz DIAGNOSTIC 182 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . width and max time delay from zero cross Detects at 25V peak min (firmware phase locked loop) ±1 ms Technical Specifications .1756-OA8D Attribute Short trip. min No load Output verification Pulse test Field power loss (zero cross) Time stamp of diagnostics 1756-OA8D 12 A for 500 µs Off-state detection only On-state detection only Configurable max.132V) diagnostic output module Simplified Schematic ControlLogix Backplane Interface Diagnostic Control Block with Opto and Transformer Isolation VAC Short Verify/ No Load GATE Group 0 2 1756-OA8D 1 L1 Not Used 4 3 L2-0 OUT-0 6 5 L1-0 L1-0 8 7 OUT-1 OUT-2 10 9 Group 0 OUT L2 L1-0 L1-0 Display Loss of Field Power Daisy Chain to Other RTBs OUT-3 12 11 Surge Current Chart 8A Current 5A 1A 500 mA 0 Time Surge @ 30 °C (86 °F) Surge @ 60 °C (140 °F) Continuous @ 30 °C (86 °F) Continuous @ 60 °C (140 °F) 43 ms L1-1 14 13 OUT-4 OUT-5 16 15 L1-1 L1-1 OUT-6 18 17 Group 1 L1-1 Group 1 OUT-7 20 19 L1-1 L2-1 L2 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs L1 Diagnostics .Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OA8D ControlLogix AC (74.August 2010 ...

5 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 8 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 8 A for 43 ms per point.August 2010 183 . 2. max Off-state leakage current. max Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size Zero crossing 25V peak 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . or greater. 1.5V peak @ 0.. min Isolation voltage Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. repeatable every 1 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 mA per point 125V (continuous).2 mm (3/64 in.3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 175 mA 250 mA 5.1756-OA8D Attribute Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.1 mm2 (22. basic insulation type.33. repeatable every 2 s @ 30 °C (86 °F) 5 A for 43 ms per point. max Current per module. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1200V AC for 2 s Inhibit voltage. max Current per point.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open style) Load current..3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 9. outputs-to-backplane. catalog number 1756-TBE.0 BTU/hr 3 mA per point 2. max Thermal dissipation.1.5 A 3V peak @ 1 A 1 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 0.3 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 18... publication 1770-4. max On-state voltage drop. max Surge current per point 1756-OA8D 9.

B. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.D Hazardous Locations. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.C.August 2010 . Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. See UL File E65584. certified for US and Canada.1756-OA8D Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OA8D UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment./Control/Lab. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Operating Cold). and other certification details. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).ab. surrounding air Temperature. Meas. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OA8D 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick FM TÜV (1) When marked.. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.B. Certificates.. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.C. See the Product Certification link at http://www.. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2..Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . 184 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.com for Declarations of Conformity. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Operating Dry Heat). Operating) Shock. See CSA File LR54689C.1756-OA8D Attribute Temperature. Division 2 Group A. See CSA File LR69960C. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.

.1756-OA8E Attribute Short trip. min Field power loss (zero cross) Time stamp of diagnostics 1756-OA8E >20 A for 100 ms Detects at 25V peak min (firmware phase locked loop) ±1 ms Technical Specifications .August 2010 185 .3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 200 mA 250 mA ELECTRONICALLY FUSED Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OA8E ControlLogix AC (74.1V Current draw @ 24V Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ..3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 9.1756-OA8E AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range 1756-OA8E 8 electronic fusing (4 points/group) 120V AC 74…132V AC 47…63 Hz 9.132V) electronically-fused output module Simplified Schematic ControlLogix Backplane Interface Opto and Transformer Isolation VAC Short GATE L1-0 6 5 2 1756-OA8E 1 L1 Not Used 4 3 L2-0 OUT-0 OUT-1 8 7 OUT L2 Display Loss of Field Power Group 0 L1-0 L1-0 10 9 Group 0 OUT-2 OUT-3 12 11 L1-0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs L1-1 14 13 Surge Current Chart 20 A Current Surge OUT-4 OUT-5 16 15 L1-1 L1-1 18 17 OUT-6 OUT-7 20 19 Group 1 L1-1 L1-1 Group 1 L2-1 L2 2A 0 43 ms Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Time L1 Diagnostics .

storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. Environmental Specifications . 1. publication 1770-4. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. max On-state voltage drop. max Off-state leakage current. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1200V AC for 2 s Inhibit voltage. basic insulation type. max Current per module. min Isolation voltage 1756-OA8E 5.August 2010 .5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 18.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).. surrounding air Temperature. Operating) Shock. Operating Dry Heat).) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.1756-OA8E Attribute Power dissipation.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).1756-OA8E Attribute Temperature.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . Unpackaged Shock) Shock. max Current per point. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. max Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size Zero crossing 25V peak 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.1. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. 2..33. max Surge current per point Load current. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 mA per point 125V (continuous). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. outputs-to-backplane.1 mm2 (22. max Thermal dissipation. Unpackaged Shock) 1756-OA8E 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g 186 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .2 mm (3/64 in. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. or greater. Operating Cold). catalog number 1756-TBE.76 BTU/hr 3 mA per point 4V peak @ 2 A 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 20 A for 43 ms per point.

CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. See CSA File LR69960C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.D Hazardous Locations When marked.ab../Control/Lab. See UL File E65584. See CSA File LR54689C. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.1756-OA8E Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OA8E UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. certified for US and Canada. and other certification details. Division 2 Group A. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. See the Product Certification link at http://www.. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.D Hazardous Locations.August 2010 187 . Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Certificates.C. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.. Meas.B.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications .. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.C. C-Tick FM (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ..com for Declarations of Conformity.1756-OA8E Attribute Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OA8E CISPR 11: Group 1.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.B.

3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 400 mA 188 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 9..Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OA16 ControlLogix AC (74.265V) output module Simplified Schematic ControlLogix Backplane +5V Interface L1-0 OUT-1 Group 0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 4 3 1756-OA16 2 1 OUT-0 OUT-2 6 5 OUT-3 OUT-5 8 7 OUT-4 OUT-6 10 9 Group 0 (Fused per Group) Display OUT-7 L1-0 12 11 L2-0 OUT-8 14 13 OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Group 1 OUT-9 OUT-11 16 15 OUT-10 OUT-12 18 17 OUT-13 OUT-15 Surge Current Chart Surge Per Group Per Group L1 L1-1 Group 1 L1 OUT-14 L2-1 20 19 20 A Current 5A 2A 500 mA 0 L2 43 ms Time Diagnostics .1V 1756-OA16 16 mechanically fused/group (8 points/group) 120/240V AC 74…265V AC 47…63 Hz 9.1756-OA16 Attribute Time stamp of diagnostics Fuse blown 1756-OA16 ±1 ms 1 fuse and indicator/group Technical Specifications ..1756-OA16 AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FUSE ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FUSE O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.August 2010 .

5 A 5. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Inhibit voltage. be sure it is rated for the power that it will dissipate (P=(V**2)/R). When adding a resistor for the output to L2. 1. the module has a higher commutating dv/dt rating. max Off-state leakage current. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. basic insulation type.1756-OA16 Attribute Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. At 50 mA and above. The commutating dv/dt rating of the module for loads 50…500 mA (OUTPUT to L2) is 4V/ms maximum.33.2 mm (3/64 in.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F )..2V/µs for loads < 50 mA(1) 250V (continuous).1756-OA16 Attribute Temperature. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. max Surge current per point Load current. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. max Current per point. max Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size Zero crossing 60V peak 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. Be sure the waveform is a good sinusoid. max Thermal dissipation.1 mm2 (22. If the commutating dv/dt rating of the TRIAC is exceeded.7V @ load current < 50 mA 0. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 mA per point 4V/µs for loads > 50 mA 0. If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 50…500 mA range.) insulation max(2) 1(3) T4 None (open style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) The commutating dv/dt of the output voltage (OUTPUT to L2) should not exceed 0. max On-state voltage drop.August 2010 189 . void of any anomalies such as distorted or flattened sections. The purpose of this resistor is to increase the total output current to 50 mA (I=V/R).5 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 5 A for 43 ms per point. the L1 AC waveform could be at fault..17 BTU/hr 3 mA per point 1.5V @ 0. the TRIAC could latch on. surrounding air 1756-OA16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 10…50 mA range. or greater.2V/ms for loads under 50 mA. min Commutating voltage Isolation voltage 1756-OA16 2 mA 6. Environmental Specifications . Operating Cold). catalog number 1756-TBE. (2) (3) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. Operating Dry Heat).Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . max Current per module..1. 2. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. outputs-to-backplane.. a resistor may be added AC ross the output and L2.5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 22. publication 1770-4. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.

com for Declarations of Conformity. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications .D Hazardous Locations When marked. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OA16 -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.1 Certifications .80 MHz 3 kV EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Operating) Shock. See CSA File LR54689C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.B. certified for US and Canada. Certificates.B... Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.D Hazardous Locations. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See UL File E65584. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. C-Tick FM (1) 190 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.. and other certification details. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.1756-OA16 Attribute Temperature. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.August 2010 . Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.90. Meas. See CSA File LR69960C.C. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.C.ab. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Division 2 Group A.1756-OA16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OA16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)../Control/Lab.

3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 300 mA 2..3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 9. max On-state voltage drop.August 2010 191 . Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications .265V) isolated output module Simplified Schematic 1756-OA16I Isolated Wiring +5V L1-0 L1-0 L1-2 L1-4 L1-0 L1-1 L1-2 L1-3 L1-4 L1-5 L1-6 L1-7 10 1 3 5 7 9 2 4 6 8 OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-8 OUT-9 OUT-10 OUT-11 OUT-12 OUT-13 OUT-14 OUT-15 Not Used Not Used L2 L2-0 L2-2 L2-4 OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Surge Current Chart 20 A Current Nonisolated Wiri ng 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) L1-8 L1-9 L1-10 L1-11 L1-12 L1-13 L1-14 L1-15 L1 2A 1A 0 Time Continuous @ 30 °C (86 °F) Continuous @ 60 °C (140 °F) 43 ms L1-15 Not Used Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR.5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 18.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OA16I ControlLogix AC (74.5V peak @ 2 A 6V peak @ load current < 50 mA 2 A @ 30 ° (86 °F) linear derating 1 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . max Thermal dissipation.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. max Off-state leakage current. max Current per point. max 1756-OA16I 16 individually isolated 120/240V AC 74…265V AC 47…63 Hz 9..76 BTU/hr 3 mA per point 1.1756-OA16I AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.5 mA 5.

The commutating dv/dt rating of the module for loads 50…500 mA (OUTPUT to L2) is 4V/ms maximum. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 mA per point 4V/µs for loads > 50 mA 0. If the commutating dv/dt rating of the TRIAC is exceeded. Operating Dry Heat). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. Be sure the waveform is a good sinusoid. the TRIAC could latch on.1 mm2 (22. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. or greater. and output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Inhibit voltage. surrounding air Temperature.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 50…500 mA range. Operating) Shock.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications .1. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 10…50 mA range. At 50 mA and above.2V/µs for loads < 50 mA(1) 250V (continuous).. min Commutating voltage Isolation voltage 1756-OA16I 5 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 20 A for 43 ms per point. Operating Cold). The purpose of this resistor is to increase the total output current to 50 mA (I=V/R). 1. Unpackaged Shock) 1756-OA16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 192 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the module has a higher commutating dv/dt rating.1756-OA16I Attribute Current per module. a resistor may be added AC ross the output and L2.) insulation max(2) 1(3) T4A None (open style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) The commutating dv/dt of the output voltage (OUTPUT to L2) should not exceed 0. the L1 AC waveform could be at fault.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). outputs-to-backplane. Maximum wire size requires extended housing. (2) (3) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. publication 1770-4. When adding a resistor for the output to L2.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). void of any anomalies such as distorted or flattened sections.33.2 mm (3/64 in. catalog number 1756-TBE.2V/ms for loads under 50 mA. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.. 2. max Surge current per point Load current. basic insulation type. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. max Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size Zero crossing 60V peak 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0.1756-OA16I Attribute Temperature. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. be sure it is rated for the power that it will dissipate (P=(V**2)/R). Environmental Specifications .August 2010 .

Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. See CSA File LR69960C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.B. Division 2 Group A.1 Certifications .C. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. See UL File E65584. certified for US and Canada. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Certificates. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. and other certification details. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OA16I 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.. See the Product Certification link at http://www./Control/Lab.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick FM TÜV (1) When marked.1756-OA16I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OA16I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.D Hazardous Locations.ab.com for Declarations of Conformity.. Meas. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.August 2010 193 . Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.80 MHz 3 kV EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000..B. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . See CSA File LR54689C..90.1756-OA16I Attribute Shock.. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. compliant with: • EN 61326-1..

.2V DC @ 2A 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A @ 55 °C (131 °F) linear derating 10 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms per point. max Current per module.30V DC 1 ms max 2 ms max 250 mA 2 mA 4..03 BTU/hr 1 mA per point 1.. max Current per point. max Off-state leakage current.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.1756-OB8 DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. max On-state voltage drop. max Surge current per point 1756-OB8 8 electronically fused.30V) output module Simplified Schematic +5V OUT-0 Group 0 DC-0(+) Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 2 1756-OB8 1 DC-0 (+) 4 3 OUT-0 OUT-1 6 5 DC-0 (+) DC-0 (+) Group 0 OUT-2 8 7 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display RTN OUT-0 DC-0 (+) 10 9 OUT-3 RTN OUT-0 12 11 RTN OUT-0 Surge Current Chart DC-1 (+) Surge 4A Group 1 DC-1 (+) OUT-4 14 13 OUT-5 16 15 Group 1 OUT-6 Current Continuous @ 60 o C (140 °F) 2A DC-1 (+) 18 17 DC-1 (+) 20 19 OUT-7 RTN OUT-1 RTN OUT-1 0 Time 10 ms Daisy Chain to Other RTBs + – DC COM Technical Specifications .. repeatable every 2 s 194 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .7 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16.August 2010 . max Thermal dissipation.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OB8 ControlLogix DC (10. individually isolated 12/24V DC source 10.

2700 MHz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).1756-OB8 Attribute Temperature. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. basic insulation type. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.1756-OB8 Attribute Load current. Operating) Shock. 2.August 2010 195 . Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Environmental Specifications . storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. Operating Dry Heat). Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. min Isolation voltage 1756-OB8 3 mA per point 250V (continuous).2 mm (3/64 in. or greater.... Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB8 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). catalog number 1756-TBE. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. publication 1770-4..Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . Operating Cold).) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea..1 mm2 (22. 1.. outputs-to-backplane. surrounding air Temperature.33. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.

CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. See CSA File LR69960C.1756-OB8 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB8 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.ab. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 196 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.80 MHz Certifications .B.. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.D Hazardous Locations. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Meas. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. See UL File E65584. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2./Control/Lab. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.B. Certificates.D Hazardous Locations When marked.. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. and other certification details..1756-OB8 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-OB8 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.August 2010 . Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. See CSA File LR54689C. certified for US and Canada. See the Product Certification link at http://www.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications .C. Division 2 Group A.C.com for Declarations of Conformity.

.. max Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .5 ms max (output on into short) ±1 ms Technical Specifications .5 A for 500 µs max (output on.1756-OB8EI DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range 1756-OB8EI 8 individually isolated 12/24V DC source 10.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OB8EI ControlLogix DC (10.30V) electronically-fused..30V DC 1 ms max 5 ms max 165 mA 2 mA 4.August 2010 197 . isolated output module 1756-OB8EI +5V Simplified Schematic DC-0(+) Isolated Wiring + DC-0 (+) RTN OUT-0 DC-1 (+) RTN OUT-1 1 3 5 7 10 9 2 4 6 8 + OUT-0 OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-7 Not Used Not Used OUT-0 OUT-0 Display ControlLogix Backplane Interface Output Device RTN OUT-0 Nonisolated Wiring - DC-2 (+) RTN OUT-2 DC-3 (+) RTN OUT-3 DC-4 (+) RTN OUT-4 DC-5 (+) RTN OUT-5 DC-6 (+) RTN OUT-6 DC-7 (+) RTN OUT-7 Not Used Not Used 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 2A Continuous @ 60 o C (140 o F) 0 Time 10 ms + – DC COM Diagnostics . then short) > 4.1756-OB8EI Attribute Short trip Timestamp of diagnostics 1756-OB8EI > 4..7 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) ELECTRONICALLY FUSED Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.5 A for 1.

repeatable every 1 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 mA 250V (continuous).1756-OB8EI Attribute Temperature. max Surge current per point Load current. basic insulation type. or greater. publication 1770-4. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. max Current per point. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.5V DC @ 2 A 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms each. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 1756-OB8EI 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 198 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Operating) Shock. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. outputs-to-backplane. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb..33. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. and output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.03 BTU/hr 0. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual..1. min Isolation voltage 1756-OB8EI 16. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Operating Cold).. max Current per module. Environmental Specifications .) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. max On-state voltage drop.5 mA per point 0.1756-OB8EI Attribute Thermal dissipation.1 mm2 (22.August 2010 . 1. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.2 mm (3/64 in. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. max Off-state leakage current. Operating Dry Heat).14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). 2. catalog number 1756-TBE. surrounding air Temperature. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.

Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . Meas..1756-OB8EI Attribute Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB8EI 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. certified for US and Canada.C. Certificates. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.ab. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . compliant with: • EN 61326-1../Control/Lab. See UL File E65584. See CSA File LR54689C. Division 2 Group A.. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. See the Product Certification link at http://www.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked..Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications .. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. See CSA File LR69960C.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.August 2010 199 ..C.B. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.D Hazardous Locations. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.1756-OB8EI Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB8EI UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. and other certification details.B. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.com for Declarations of Conformity.

.August 2010 . max Surge current per point Load current. repeatable every 1 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 mA 200 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .30V DC 1 ms max 2 ms max 165 mA 2 mA 4.30V) isolated output module +5V Simplified Schematic DC-0(+) Isolated Wiring 1756-OBI OUT-0 OUT-0 Display ControlLogix Backplane Interface Output Device RTN OUT-0 Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge Nonisolated Wiring Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 2A Continuous @ 60 oC (140 oF) Daisy Chain to Other RTBs DC-0 (+) RTN OUT-0 DC-1 (+) RTN OUT-1 DC-2 (+) RTN OUT-2 DC-3 (+) RTN OUT-3 DC-4 (+) RTN OUT-4 DC-5 (+) RTN OUT-5 DC-6 (+) RTN OUT-6 DC-7 (+) RTN OUT-7 Not Used Not Used 2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 10 9 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 OUT-0 OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-7 Not Used Not Used 0 Time 10 ms Technical Specifications .1756-OB8I DC OUTPUT ST 01234567 O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OB8I ControlLogix DC (10. min 1756-OB8I 8 individually isolated 12/24V DC source 10. max Thermal dissipation. max On-state voltage drop.70 BTU/hr 0..5 mA per point 0.5V DC @ 2 A 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms each.6W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 15. max Current per module.. max Off-state leakage current.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.. max Current per point.

publication 1770-4..2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz..Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications .. Operating Cold).. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Environmental Specifications . Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc..33. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB8I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab... basic insulation type. surrounding air Temperature. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Operating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. or greater..1. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.August 2010 201 . Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. 2. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.1 mm2 (22. 1.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. outputs-to-backplane 250V (continuous). catalog number 1756-TBE.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Operating) Shock. output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. reinforced insulation type..1756-OB8I Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OB8I 250V (continuous).1756-OB8I Attribute Temperature.2 mm (3/64 in. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.

compliant with: • EN 61131-2. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.D Hazardous Locations.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Certifications . Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.ab. and other certification details. See CSA File LR54689C. 202 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See CSA File LR69960C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Industrial Emissions C-Tick (1) When marked. Division 2 Group A. certified for US and Canada. See the Product Certification link at http://www. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See UL File E65584. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.com for Declarations of Conformity. Meas. Certificates..August 2010 . Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. compliant with: • EN 61326-1./Control/Lab.1756-OB8I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB8I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.B. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.C. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.

Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OB16D ControlLogix DC (19.2.1756-OB16D DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 K ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FLT 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 DIAGNOSTIC Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.August 2010 203 .2...30V) diagnostic output module Simplified schematic +5V +5V Short Circuit Detect Optoisolation +5V + DC Daisy Chain to Other RTBs +DC-0 +DC-0 +DC-0 +DC-0 Group 0 +DC-0 +DC-0 +DC-0 GND-0 +DC-1 +DC-1 +DC-1 +DC-1 +DC-1 Group 1 +DC-1 +DC-1 GND-1 GND-1 Not Used Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 1756-OB16D 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-8 OUT-9 OUT-10 OUT-11 OUT-12 OUT-13 OUT-14 OUT-15 Not Used Not Used Group 1 Group 0 OUT ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Output Verify/No Load Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge RTN 2A Continuous @ 30 °C (86 °F) Continuous @ 60 °C (140 °F) 32 34 36 0 Time 10 ms + – DC COM Diagnostics .1V 1756-OB16D 16 diagnostic (8 points/group) 24V DC source 19...1756-OB16D Attribute Short trip No load Output verification Pulse test Time stamp of diagnostics 1756-OB16D 8 A for 180 ms 10 A for 120 ms Off-state detection only On-state detection only Configurable max pulse width ±1 ms Technical Specifications .30V DC 60 µs nom/1 ms max 630 µs nom/5 ms max 250 mA Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

max Off-state leakage current per point. repeatable every 1 s 3 mA per point 250V (continuous).2 mm (3/64 in. min Isolation voltage 1756-OB16D 140 mA 3. max Surge current per point Load current. or greater. max Thermal dissipation. Unpackaged Shock) 1756-OB16D 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 204 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Operating) Shock. outputs-to-backplane.August 2010 . 1.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Operating Cold). max On-state voltage drop. max Current per module. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.2V DC @ 2A 2 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 1 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 8 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 4 A for 10 ms per point. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. catalog number 1756-TBE.1 mm2 (22. surrounding air Temperature. Operating Dry Heat).25 BTU/hr 1 mA per point 1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0.33. max Current per point.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. 2.1756-OB16D Attribute Temperature.. Environmental Specifications . See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. publication 1770-4.1756-OB16D Attribute Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.3 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 11.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. basic insulation type.1. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na..

1756-OB16D Attribute Shock.1756-OB16D Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB16D UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment...August 2010 205 . Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.. See UL File E65584. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Certificates. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I..D Hazardous Locations. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act../Control/Lab. certified for US and Canada.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB16D 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.B.ab.B. See the Product Certification link at http://www.C. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. See CSA File LR69960C. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.C. See CSA File LR54689C. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . Division 2 Group A.. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.com for Declarations of Conformity. Meas. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. and other certification details.

2V DC 70 µs nom/1 ms max 360 µs nom/1 ms max 250 mA 2 mA 4..1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 13. max Surge current per point Load current..1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. min 1756-OB16E 16 electronically fused (8 points/group) 12/24V DC source 10.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OB16E ControlLogix DC (10. max Off-state leakage current per point.2V) electronically-fused output module Simplified Schematic Optoisolation 1756-OB16E Display DC-0(+) OUT-1 OUT-3 2 1 OUT-0 4 3 Group 0 OUT-2 6 5 Group 0 OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Electronic Fuse Circuitry Surge Current Chart RTN OUT-0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs OUT-5 8 7 OUT-4 OUT-6 10 9 OUT-7 DC-0(+) 12 11 RTN OUT-0 OUT-8 14 13 OUT-9 OUT-11 16 15 OUT-10 OUT-12 18 17 OUT-13 2A Current 1A 0 Surge Continuous @ 60 oC (140 oF) Group 1 OUT-15 Group 1 OUT-14 20 19 DC-1(+) RTN OUT-1 10 ms Time + – DC COM Technical Specifications .98 BTU/hr 1 mA per point 400 mV DC @ 1 A 1 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 A for 10 ms per point.1756-OB16E DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O FUSE K ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FUSE ELECTRONICALLY FUSED Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 3 mA per point 206 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .. max Current per module.August 2010 .31. max Thermal dissipation.. max Current per point. max On-state voltage drop.31.

14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Shock) Shock.33. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Operating Cold). operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.August 2010 207 . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.1 mm2 (22.2 mm (3/64 in. Environmental Specifications . basic insulation type..1756-OB16E Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OB16E 250V (continuous).. or greater..2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB16E 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. catalog number 1756-TBE. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.1. 1. 2. publication 1770-4. outputs-to-backplane.. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.. Operating) Shock.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . Operating Dry Heat). nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.1756-OB16E Attribute Temperature. surrounding air Temperature.

See CSA File LR69960C. and other certification details./Control/Lab..1 1756-OB16E ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.August 2010 . See UL File E65584. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.80 MHz 3 kV Certifications . C-Tick Ex FM (1) 208 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.C. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.90. certified for US and Canada. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.C. See the Product Certification link at http://www.B.D Hazardous Locations. Meas. Division 2 Group A.ab. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. See CSA File LR54689C. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . compliant with: • EN 60079-15. Certificates. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.com for Declarations of Conformity.. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.1756-OB16E Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB16E UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.1756-OB16E Attribute Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.D Hazardous Locations When marked.B.. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.

. max Thermal dissipation. max Current per point. max On-state voltage drop. max Surge current per point Load current.30V) isolated output module Simplified Schematic Isolated Wiring 1756-OB16I Isolated Sourcing Output Wiring OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-8 OUT-9 OUT-10 OUT-11 OUT-12 OUT-13 OUT-14 OUT-15 Not Used Not Used DC(-) Nonisolated Sourcing Output Wiring DC-6 (-) DC-0 (-) DC-2 (-) DC-0(+) +5V DC-0 (+) DC-2 (+) DC-0 (+) DC-1 (+) DC-2 (+) DC-3 (+) DC-4 (+) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Sinking Output Wiring DC-6 (+) Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) DC-5 (+) DC-6 (+) DC-7 (+) DC-8 (+) DC-9 (+) DC-10 (+) DC-11 (+) DC-12 (+) DC-13 (+) DC-14 (+) DC-15 (+) + – Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge Nonisolated Wiring 2A Continuous @ 30 oC (86 oF) Continuous @ 60 oC (140 oF) DC(+) DC-15 (+) Not Used Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 0 Time 10 ms Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR.1756-OB16I DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.30V DC 1 ms max 2 ms max 350 mA 2..1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.5 mA per point 1.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OB16I ControlLogix DC (10. min 1756-OB16I 16 individually isolated 12/24V DC sink/source 10. max Off-state leakage current per point. max Current per module. Technical Specifications .6 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 12... repeatable every 2 s 1 mA per point Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .2V DC @ 2 A 2 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) 1 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms per point.5 mA 3.August 2010 209 .28 BTU/hr 0.

2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. Environmental Specifications . 1.2700 MHz 210 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).. output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Operating) Shock.1756-OB16I Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OB16I 250V (continuous). basic insulation type.2 mm (3/64 in.August 2010 . publication 1770-4. or greater..33.1756-OB16I Attribute Temperature.1 mm2 (22. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. 2. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. surrounding air Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.1.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. basic insulation type. Operating Cold).14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). outputs-to-backplane 125V (continuous). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. catalog number 1756-TBE. Operating Dry Heat)..

See CSA File LR69960C. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.D Hazardous Locations. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.August 2010 211 .ab.1756-OB16I Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-OB16I ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Meas. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. and other certification details.C. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked. Certificates. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. certified for US and Canada..1756-OB16I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB16I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .com for Declarations of Conformity.B./Control/Lab.. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Division 2 Group A. See UL File E65584. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.C. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.B.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.80 MHz Certifications ..

repeatable every 2 s 1 mA per point 212 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . max Thermal dissipation.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. 8 scheduled 12/24V DC sink/source 10.28 BTU/hr 0. max Surge current per point Load current.5 mA per point 1.August 2010 ..5 mA 3. max Current per module. max On-state voltage drop.2V DC @ 2 A 2 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) 1 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms per point. isolated output module Simplified Schematic Isolated Wiring 1756-OB16IS Isolated Sourcing Output Wiring DC-0 (-) DC-2 (-) DC-0(+) +5V OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge 2A Continuous @ 30 oC (86 °F) Continuous @ 60 oC (140 °F) DC-0 (+) DC-1 (+) DC-2 (+) DC-2 (+) DC-3 (+) DC-4 (+) Sinking Output Wiring DC-5 (+) DC-6 (+) DC-6 (+) + – DC-7 (+) Jumper Bar DC-8 (+) (Cut to Length) DC-9 (+) DC-10 (+) DC-11 (+) Nonisolated DC-12 (+) Wiring DC-13 (+) DC-14 (+) DC-15 (+) DC(+) DC-15 (+) Not Used DC-0 (+) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-8 OUT-9 OUT-10 OUT-11 OUT-12 OUT-13 OUT-14 OUT-15 Not Used Not Used DC-6 (-) Nonisolated Sourcing Output Wiring DC(-) Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 0 Time 10 ms Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR.. min 1756-OB16IS 16 individually isolated.. max Current per point.6 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 12..Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OB16IS ControlLogix DC (10. Technical Specifications . max Off-state leakage current per point.1756-OB16IS DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.30V) scheduled.30V DC 1 ms max 2 ms max 350 mA 2.

Operating) Shock. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). publication 1770-4.33. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. and output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0.1. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. or greater.1 mm2 (22. outputs-to-backplane.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. basic insulation type..) insulation max(1) 1(2) Copper T4A T4 None (open-style) Wire category Wire type North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. catalog number 1756-TBE. Environmental Specifications . Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB16IS 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad..1756-OB16IS Attribute Temperature. Operating Dry Heat). Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold)..August 2010 213 . surrounding air Temperature.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).2 mm (3/64 in. 1. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.. Operating Cold).Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications . IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. 2..1756-OB16IS Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OB16IS 250V (continuous). nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.2700 MHz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

See CSA File LR69960C. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.80 MHz Certifications . CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. C-Tick Ex (1) 214 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . compliant with: • EN 61326-1.C.D Hazardous Locations. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Division 2 Group A.ab.1756-OB16IS Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB16IS UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment..1756-OB16IS Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-OB16IS ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz./Control/Lab. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.com for Declarations of Conformity..August 2010 . CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. See UL File E65584. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. and other certification details. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Certificates. See CSA File LR54689C. See the Product Certification link at http://www.B. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. certified for US and Canada. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Meas. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X When marked..

5 A 0... max Off-state leakage current per point.5 mA per point 200 mV DC @ 0.31. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 3 mA per point Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. max On-state voltage drop.31.5 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) linear derating 0. max Current per point. max Current per module.2V) output module 1756-OB32 Simplified Schematic +5V DC-0(+ OUT-0 RTN OUT-0 Group 0 OUT-1 OUT-3 OUT-5 OUT-7 OUT-9 OUT-11 OUT-13 OUT-15 DC-0(+) OUT-17 OUT-19 OUT-21 OUT-23 OUT-25 OUT-27 OUT-29 OUT-31 DC-1(+) 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 OUT-0 OUT-2 OUT-4 OUT-6 OUT-8 OUT-10 OUT-12 OUT-14 RTN OUT-0 OUT-16 OUT-18 OUT-20 OUT-22 OUT-24 OUT-26 OUT-28 OUT-30 RTN OUT-1 Group 0 Surge Current Chart Surge Continuous @ 60 oC (140 °F) Group 1 Group 1 1A Current 0.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OB32 ControlLogix DC (10.8 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16. max Surge current per point Load current.5 A 0 10 ms Time + _ DC COM Technical Specifications .37 BTU/hr 0..August 2010 215 . max Thermal dissipation.. min 1756-OB32 32 (16 points/group) 12/24V DC source 10.1756-OB32 DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 1 ST 8 9 0 1 1 1 ST 6 7 8 2 2 2 ST 4 5 6 3 4 11 12 12 90 22 78 5 6 11 3 4 22 1 2 23 9 0 7 1 O 5 K 2 3 3 1 Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.35 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) linear derating 10 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 1 A for 10 ms per point.2V DC 60 µs nom/1 ms max 200 µs nom/1 ms max 300 mA 2 mA 4.

. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). catalog number 1756-TBE.1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. Operating) Shock. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.2700 MHz 216 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. Operating Cold). storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab...33. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. 1. publication 1770-4.. Operating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. outputs-to-backplane.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . or greater.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T3C T3 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.1 mm2 (22. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.2 mm (3/64 in. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.August 2010 . See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). 2. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OB32 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. surrounding air Temperature. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.1756-OB32 Attribute Temperature.. basic insulation type. Environmental Specifications .1756-OB32 Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OB32 250V (continuous).

B. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.ab.. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. See CSA File LR54689C. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.August 2010 217 . CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD./Control/Lab. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.com for Declarations of Conformity. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T3 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . Division 2 Group A.. and other certification details. See UL File E65584. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Certificates.B. Meas. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick Ex FM TÜV (1) When marked.C.80 MHz Certifications . Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-OB32 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-OB32 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.1756-OB32 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OB32 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. See the Product Certification link at http://www.. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. See CSA File LR69960C. certified for US and Canada. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.D Hazardous Locations.

. max Current per point.60V DC 1 ms max 2 ms max 165 mA 2 mA 4. max Thermal dissipation.9 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16.. min 1756-OC8 8 (4 points/group) 48V DC source 30.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OC8 ControlLogix DC (30. max Surge current per point Load current.August 2010 ..71 BTU/hr 1 mA per point 2V DC @ 2 A 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms per point.60V) output module Simplified Schematic +5V OUT-0 DC-0 (+) Group 0 DC-0 (+) 8 7 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 1756-OC8 2 1 DC-0(+ DC-0 (+) 4 3 OUT-0 OUT-1 6 5 RTN OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Group 0 OUT-2 OUT-3 DC-0 (+) 10 9 RTN OUT-0 12 11 RTN OUT-0 OUT-4 14 13 DC-1(+) Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge Group 1 DC-1(+) 16 15 OUT-5 Group 1 OUT-6 18 17 DC-1(+) DC-1(+) OUT-7 20 19 2A Continuous @ 60 oC (140 °F) RTN OUT-1 RTN OUT-1 0 Time 10 ms + – DC COM Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications . repeatable every 1 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 mA per point 218 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . max On-state voltage drop. max Current per module.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. max Off-state leakage current.1756-OC8 DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5..

) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. 1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. surrounding air Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. or greater..Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications .2 mm (3/64 in. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Operating Dry Heat). nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb.1756-OC8 Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OC8 250V (continuous).August 2010 219 . publication 1770-4.33. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0... 2.. Operating) Shock.1756-OC8 Attribute Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.1.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OC8 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Environmental Specifications . 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. outputs-to-backplane. basic insulation type. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.1 mm2 (22. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.2700 MHz Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Operating Cold). catalog number 1756-TBE...

Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.. certified for US and Canada..D Hazardous Locations. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.B. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0.1756-OC8 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OC8 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.August 2010 . Programmable Controllers (Clause 8./Control/Lab. Division 2 Group A.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications . See CSA File LR69960C. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act.B. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 220 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See CSA File LR54689C. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.C. See UL File E65584. Meas. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.ab. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.com for Declarations of Conformity.80 MHz Certifications .D Hazardous Locations When marked. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Certificates.1756-OC8 Attribute EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 1756-OC8 ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. and other certification details. See the Product Certification link at http://www.C. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.

1756-OG16 • 0…0.August 2010 221 .5…5.5V DC = Output state not guaranteed • 4.5V DC = Output guaranteed to be in off-state Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .4V DC = Output guaranteed to be in on-state • 0.4…4.) 16 15 OUT-10 OUT-12 18 17 OUT-13 OUT-15 DC-1(+) OUT-12 OUT-14 DC COM 1 OUT-13 OUT-15 20 19 OUT-14 DC COM 1 DC-1(+) Simplified Schematic +5 DC 74AC14 OUT 74AC14 OUT DC COM Low to True Format .01 µ F Typical (See notes below.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OG16 ControlLogix TTL output module Standard Wiring 1756-OG16 – DC + 2 1 CE Compliant Wiring 1756-OG16 DC Power Wire 2 1 3 OUT-1 4 3 OUT-0 OUT-2 6 5 5V DC Power – OUT-1 4 OUT-0 OUT-2 +5 V DC OUT-3 OUT-5 8 7 OUT-3 6 5 OUT-4 OUT-6 10 9 OUT-5 8 7 9 OUT-4 10 OUT-7 + DC DC-0(+) 12 11 DC COM 0 OUT-8 14 13 + – I/O Wire OUT-7 DC-0(+) 12 11 OUT-6 DC COM 0 OUT-8 OUT-9 OUT-11 16 15 17 19 OUT-10 18 20 TTL Output Device OUT-9 14 13 OUT-11 Capacitor 0.

2 mm (3/64 in.. (2) (3) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.August 2010 . max Current per module. max Thermal dissipation. max Load current. publication 1770-4. min Isolation voltage Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) TTL outputs are inverted (0 to +0.5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 5.) Use a NOT instruction in your program to convert to traditional True .4V DC 24 mA @ 60 °C (140 °F) 384 mA @ 60 °C (140 °F) 0. or greater. max On-state voltage drop..15 mA per point 250V (continuous). max Current per point.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications ..5..2 BTU/hr @ 60 °C (140 °F) 0. 1.High logic.4V dc = low voltage = True = On.) insulation max(2) 2(3) T5 T5 None (open-style) DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.33. max Off-state leakage current per point.1 mm2 (22.1756-OG16 Attribute 1756-OG16 16 (8 points/group) 5V DC TTL (Low=True(1) 4. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation..1 mA per point 0. basic insulation type. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.5..1. 222 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.5V DC source 50 mV P-P ripple max 45 µs nom/450 µs max 145 µs nom/700 µs max 210 mA 2 mA 1. 2. catalog number 1756-TBE. outputs-to-backplane.

Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. Meas. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat).. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. See CSA File LR54689C. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. and other certification details.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Operating) Shock. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.. C-Tick Ex (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .D Hazardous Locations. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.C. Operating Dry Heat). Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.. certified for US and Canada. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.August 2010 223 . Certificates.. Division 2 Group A.com for Declarations of Conformity. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Zone A & B) Australian Radiocommunications Act.. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. See CSA File LR69960C. surrounding air Temperature.1756-OG16 Attribute Temperature.. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OG16 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Operating Cold). nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I./Control/Lab.1756-OG16 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OG16 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.ab. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. See UL File E65584. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.B. See the Product Certification link at http://www. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T5 X When marked.

max Off-state leakage current.25 BTU/hr 1 mA per point 2V DC @ 2 A 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4 A for 10 ms per point.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.August 2010 .3 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 11. max Current per module...146V DC 2 ms max 2 ms max 210 mA 2 mA 3. repeatable every 1 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 mA per point 224 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-OH8I DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. min 1756-OH8I 8 individually isolated 120V DC sink/source 90. max Surge current per point Load current.. max Current per point. max On-state voltage drop.146V) isolated output module Simplified Schematic +5V OUT-0 RTN OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Surge Current Chart 4A Current Surge Daisy chain to other RTBs Non-Isolated Wiring DC-0 Isolated Wiring + 1756-OH8I + DC-0 (+) RTN OUT-0 DC-1 (+) RTN OUT-1 DC-2 (+) RTN OUT-2 DC-3 (+) RTN OUT-3 DC-4 (+) RTN OUT-4 DC-5 (+) RTN OUT-5 DC-6 (+) RTN OUT-6 DC-7 (+) RTN OUT-7 Not used Not used 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 OUT-0 OUT-0 OUT-1 OUT-1 OUT-2 OUT-2 OUT-3 OUT-3 OUT-4 OUT-4 OUT-5 OUT-5 OUT-6 OUT-6 OUT-7 OUT-7 Not used Not used - 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 2A Continuous @ 60 oC (140oF) 0 Time 10 ms Daisy chain to other RTBs + – DC COM Technical Specifications .. max Thermal dissipation.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OH8I ControlLogix DC (90.

.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1. Operating) Shock. basic insulation type. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. outputs-to-backplane. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. 2. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. Environmental Specifications ...2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.1756-OH8I Attribute Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.1 mm2 (22. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad..1756-OH8I Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OH8I 250V (continuous). 1.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications .. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.33. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. or greater...August 2010 225 .. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. publication 1770-4.. and output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. catalog number 1756-TBE. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Operating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Operating Cold). 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000.2 mm (3/64 in.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). surrounding air Temperature. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature.. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OH8I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.

. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A.C. See CSA File LR54689C. Meas. See the Product Certification link at http://www.D Hazardous Locations When marked. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. certified for US and Canada. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. See UL File E65584.B. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. Certificates. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.C.1756-OH8I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OH8I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.com for Declarations of Conformity.August 2010 . Division 2 Group A. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. and other certification details.D Hazardous Locations. C-Tick FM (1) 226 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .ab.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Certifications ./Control/Lab.B. See CSA File LR69960C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.

3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 9.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-ON8 ControlLogix AC (10.5V peak @ 2 A 6V peak @ < 50 mA 2 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 227 .. max Off-state leakage current. max 1756-ON8 8 (4 points/group) 24V AC 10…30V AC.39 BTU/hr 3 mA per point 1. max On-state voltage drop. current >50 mA..3 ms @ 60 Hz 11 ms @ 50 Hz 200 mA 2 mA 5. max Current per point. 47…63 Hz 16…30V AC. current <50 mA.30V) output module Simplified Schematic +5V L1-0 L1-0 4 3 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs 2 1756-ON8 1 OUT-0 OUT-1 6 5 L1-0 OUT-0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display Group 0 L1-0 8 7 OUT-2 OUT-3 10 9 Group 0 L1-0 L1-0 Not Used 12 11 Surge Current Chart L1-1 OUT-4 14 13 20 A Current Surge L1-1 Group 1 L1-1 OUT-5 16 15 Group 1 OUT-6 18 17 L1-1 OUT-7 20 19 2A L1-1 Not Used L2 0 Time 43 ms L1 Technical Specifications .1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 17. 47…63 Hz 9.1756-ON8 AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5. max Thermal dissipation.

At 50 mA and above. be sure it is rated for the power that it will dissipate (P=(V**2)/R). the TRIAC could latch on. Operating Cold). min Commutating voltage Isolation voltage 1756-ON8 5 A @ 30 °C (86 °F) linear derating 4 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) linear derating 20 A for 43 ms per point. the module has a higher commutating dv/dt rating. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.1756-ON8 Attribute Current per module. max Surge current per point Load current.... Operating) 1756-ON8 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 228 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .2 mm (3/64 in. publication 1770-4. (3) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual.33. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. or greater. (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. surrounding air Temperature.2V/µs for loads < 50 mA(1) 250V (continuous). and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ).August 2010 . operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . Operating Dry Heat). Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). void of any anomalies such as distorted or flattened sections. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 10…50 mA range. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. catalog number 1756-TBE. The purpose of this resistor is to increase the total output current to 50 mA (I=V/R). Be sure the waveform is a good sinusoid. If the commutating dv/dt rating of the TRIAC is exceeded. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.) insulation max(2) 1(3) T4A T4 None (open style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) The commutating dv/dt of the output voltage (OUTPUT to L2) should not exceed 0. outputs-to-backplane. the L1 AC waveform could be at fault. Environmental Specifications . 2.1 mm2 (22.1. basic insulation type. When adding a resistor for the output to L2. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).1756-ON8 Attribute Temperature.2V/ms for loads under 50 mA. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 mA per point 4V/µs for loads > 50 mA 0. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. The commutating dv/dt rating of the module for loads 50…500 mA (OUTPUT to L2) is 4V/ms maximum. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. If the commutating dv/dt rating is exceeded in the 50…500 mA range.. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. a resistor may be added AC ross the output and L2. 1.

Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4..D Hazardous Locations When marked. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.D Hazardous Locations. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. certified for US and Canada. See CSA File LR54689C. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-ON8 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.C. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.1756-ON8 Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-ON8 UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment. Meas. See the Product Certification link at http://www.. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . See CSA File LR69960C.B. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000./Control/Lab.B. Certificates.1756-ON8 Attribute Shock.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . Unpackaged Shock) Shock.August 2010 229 .ab.. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD... CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.C.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz. See UL File E65584. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. compliant with: • EN 60079-15. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Division 2 Group A. and other certification details. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment..com for Declarations of Conformity. C-Tick Ex FM (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

1756-OV16E DC O UTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FU SE FU SE E LE C TR O NIC ALLYFU SE D O K ST 8 9 1 01 11 21 31 41 5 Attribute Outputs Voltage category Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Operating voltage range Current draw @ 5.30V) electronically-fused.1V Current draw @ 24V 1756-OV16E 16 electronically fused (8 points/group) 12/24V DC sink 75 µs nom/1 ms max 360 µs nom/1 ms max 10. sinking output module Simplified Schematic Display Optoisolation 2 1756-OV16E 1 DC-0(+) OUT-0 Group 0 OUT-1 4 3 OUT-0 OUT-2 6 5 OUT-3 OUT-5 8 7 OUT-4 OUT-6 10 9 Group 0 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Electronic Fuse Circuitry RTN OUT-0 OUT-7 DC-0(+) 12 11 RTN OUT-0 OUT-8 14 13 OUT-9 OUT-11 OUT-10 16 15 Surge Current Chart Group 1 OUT-13 18 17 OUT-12 OUT-14 20 19 Group 1 2A Current 1A Surge Continuous @ 60 oC (140 oC) OUT-15 DC-1(+) RTN OUT-1 0 Time 10 ms Daisy Chain to Other RTBs + – DC COM Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Diagnostics ..30V DC 210 mA 2 mA 230 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OV16E ControlLogix DC (10. then short) 5 A for 20 ms @ 24V DC (output on into short) ±1 ms Technical Specifications ...August 2010 ..1756-OV16E Attribute Short trip Time stamp of diagnostics 1756-OV16E 5 A for 20 ms @ 24V DC (output on.

IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.1756-OV16E Attribute Temperature. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. min Isolation voltage 1756-OV16E 6. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab.2 mm (3/64 in. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. surrounding air Temperature. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. max Thermal dissipation. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.1. 1. publication 1770-4.August 2010 231 . max Current per module.72 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 22. max Current per point. max Surge current per point Load current. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold).14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. basic insulation type. Operating Cold). 2. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBNH 1756-TBSH 1 0. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat)... Unpackaged Shock) 1756-OV16E 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1756-OV16E Attribute Power dissipation.1 mm2 (22. or greater. max Off-state leakage current per point. outputs-to-backplane. Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. Environmental Specifications . Operating Dry Heat). repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 mA per point 250V (continuous). max On-state voltage drop. catalog number 1756-TBE.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications .) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing.94 BTU/hr 1 mA per point 700 mV DC @ 1 A 1 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 8 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 A for 10 ms per Point. Operating) Shock.33.

CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. See UL File E65584. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.B. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Certificates. C-Tick Ex FM (1) 232 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P ..1756-OV16E Attribute Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OV16E CISPR 11: Group 1./Control/Lab. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Meas. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11... and other certification details. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.C.D Hazardous Locations. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Division 2 Group A.August 2010 . compliant with: • EN 60079-15.. See the Product Certification link at http://www. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.D Hazardous Locations When marked.. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.. certified for US and Canada.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Environmental Specifications .80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . See CSA File LR69960C.ab.1756-OV16E Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OV16E UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment.C. Protection "n" • EN 60079-0.B.com for Declarations of Conformity.

.30V) electronically-fused.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OV32E ControlLogix DC (10.1756-OV32E Attribute Short trip Time stamp of diagnostics 1756-OV32E 5 A for 20 ms @ 24V DC (output on then short) 5 A for 20 ms @ 24V DC (output into short) ±1 ms Technical Specifications .August 2010 233 .1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.30V DC 75 µs nom/300 µs max 230 µs nom/1 ms max 390 mA 2 mA 5.88 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 20. max Thermal dissipation.1756-OV32E DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 1 ST 8 9 0 1 1 1 ST 6 7 8 2 2 2 ST 4 5 6 3 1 1 1 9 2 7 4 1 2 2 0 2 8 5 6 11 3 4 22 1 2 23 9 0 7 1 5 2 3 3 1 F 0 O K F 1 Attribute Outputs Voltage category Operating voltage range Output delay time (24V to 0V DC transition) OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.. max 1756-OV32E 32 electronically fused (16 points/group) 12/24V DC sink 10.1 BTU/hr ELECTRONIC FUSING Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . sinking output module Simplified Schematic Display Optoisolation DC-0(+) OUT-0 Group 0 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs OUT-1 OUT-3 OUT-5 OUT-7 OUT-9 OUT-11 OUT-13 OUT-15 DC-0(+) OUT-17 OUT-19 OUT-21 OUT-23 OUT-25 OUT-27 OUT-29 OUT-31 DC-1(+) 1756-OV32E 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 Daisy Chain to Other RTBs OUT-0 OUT-2 OUT-4 OUT-6 OUT-8 OUT-10 OUT-12 OUT-14 RTN OUT-0 OUT-16 OUT-18 OUT-20 OUT-22 OUT-24 OUT-26 OUT-28 OUT-30 RTN OUT-1 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Electronic Fuse Circuitry RTN OUT-0 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 Group 0 Surge Current Chart Group 1 Group 1 2A Current 1A 0 Surge Continuous @ 60 oC (140 oF) 10 ms Time + _ DC COM Diagnostics ...

Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea.1. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. max On-state voltage drop. or greater.. 1. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 mA per output 250V (continuous). Environmental Specifications .August 2010 . Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). max Current per point.35 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) linear derating 10 A @ 60 °C (140 °F) 2 A for 10 ms per point.14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db.5 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) linear derating 0. basic insulation type. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd. surrounding air Temperature. catalog number 1756-TBE. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.1756-OV32E Attribute Temperature. Unpackaged Shock) Emissions 1756-OV32E 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1. Class A 234 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .33.5 A 0. max Surge current per point Load current. min Isolation voltage 1756-OV32E 1 mA per point 350 mV DC @ 0. Operating) Shock. publication 1770-4. Operating Cold). Operating Dry Heat).1756-OV32E Attribute Off-state leakage current per point. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. max Current per module..1 mm2 (22. 2..2 mm (3/64 in. and output group-to-group No isolation between individual group outputs Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. outputs-to-backplane. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature..) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4 T4 None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code IEC temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb.

C. compliant with: • EN 61326-1.1756-OV32E Attribute ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OV32E 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.1756-OV32E Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OV32E UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment... Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Environmental Specifications . Certificates. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8. General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X When marked. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Emissions European Union 94/9/EC ATEX Directive.... C-Tick Ex (1) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .D Hazardous Locations. Programmable Controllers (Clause 11) Australian Radiocommunications Act. Meas.80 MHz EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Certifications . compliant with: • EN 61131-2. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. compliant with: • EN 60079-15.. and other certification details. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.August 2010 235 . Protection "n" • EN 60079-0./Control/Lab. See CSA File LR69960C. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. certified for US and Canada. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment.com for Declarations of Conformity. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.ab. Potentially Explosive Atmospheres.B. Division 2 Group A. See UL File E65584. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2..

OUT-2 N.O. OUT-13 N. OUT-10 N.35 BTU/hr 1.125V) isolated contact module Simplified Schematic +24V Display ControlLogix Backplane Interface L1 OUT 1756-OW16I Isolated Wiring L1-0 L1-1 L1-2 L1-2 L1-3 DC-4 (+) L1-4 L1-5 L1-6 L1-7 Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) L1-8 L1-9 L1-10 L1-11 Nonisolated L1-12 Wiring L1-13 L1-14 L1-15 L1-15 L1 Not Used Daisy Chain to Other RTBs L1-0 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR. OUT-8 N. max Bounce time.. max Thermal dissipation. OUT-7 N.O Not Used Not Used L2 L2-0 L2-2 DC-4 (-) Technical Specifications .240V AC 2 A @ 5…30V DC 0.1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation.2 ms 300 K cycles resistive 100 K cycles inductive RELAY OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15K Outputs UL module rating Operating voltage range Contact current rating Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.O. max Initial contact resistance.O. OUT-3 N..O. OUT-15 N.O.240V) DC (5. OUT-0 OUT-1 N.....O. OUT-6 N.5 mA per point 100 mΩ 1 operation/3 s (0.. OUT-4 N. max Off-state leakage current per point.O.5 A @ 48V DC 0.O. OUT-14 N.5 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 15.O.O..25 A @ 125V DC 2 A @ 125/240V AC 10 ms max 10 ms max 150 mA 150 mA 4.1756-OW16I Attribute 1756-OW16I 16 N.August 2010 .Chapter 7 Module-specific Information 1756-OW16I ControlLogix AC (10.O. max Switching frequency.O. OUT-9 N.O. OUT-12 N. OUT-5 N.O.3 Hz at rated load) 1.O. individually isolated UL C300 R150 5. OUT-11 N. mean Expected contact life 236 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .125V DC 10.

Environmental Specifications .. Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db..August 2010 237 .14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F )..1. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. or greater. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.1756-OW16I Attribute Temperature.2 mm (3/64 in.33. Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. Operating Dry Heat). surrounding air Temperature. 1. catalog number 1756-TBE. Operating Cold). Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OW16I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.. Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) (2) Maximum wire size requires extended housing. See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea..2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Technical Specifications ..1756-OW16I Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OW16I 250V (continuous).. Unpackaged Shock) Shock. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80.90..1 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). 2. and output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. publication 1770-4. basic insulation type. outputs-to-backplane. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na.80 MHz 3 kV EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37.1 mm2 (22. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb... Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual. Operating) Shock.

Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A./Control/Lab. certified for US and Canada.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick FM TÜV (1) When marked.1756-OW16I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OW16I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment..August 2010 . See CSA File LR69960C.B.Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Certifications . Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2.B. Certificates. compliant with: • EN 61326-1. compliant with: • EN 61131-2. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Division 2 Group A. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11.C.D Hazardous Locations. Meas. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2. and other certification details. See CSA File LR54689C.C. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4.com for Declarations of Conformity. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I.ab. 238 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See UL File E65584. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.

240V) DC (5. OUT-3 N.O. 12 11 14 13 16 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 OUT-0 N..C. OUT-1 N.240V AC @ 47…63 Hz 2 A @ 5…30V DC 0.O.O.C. OUT-5 N.1756-OX8I RELAY OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K Attribute Outputs UL module rating Operating voltage range Contact current rating 1756-OX8I 8 N.. OUT-4 N.C. OUT-5 N. OUT-0 N.125V) isolated contact module 1756-OX8I Simplified Schematic +24V L1-0 L1-0 L1-0 L1-1 L1-1 DC-2 (+) L1-2 L1-2 L1-3 Jumper Bar (Cut to Length) L1-3 L1-4 L1-4 L1-5 L1-5 L1-6 Nonisolated Wiring L1-6 L1-7 L1-7 L1-7 L1 Not Used L1-0 Isolated Wiring 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 ControlLogix Backplane Interface Display OUT-0 N.C..2 ms 300 K cycles resistive 100 K cycles inductive Output delay time OFF to ON ON to OFF Current draw @ 5.1 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10. OUT-2 N. 8 N..1V Current draw @ 24V Power dissipation. max Off-state leakage current per point. OUT-0 N. Additional jumper bars may be purchased by using catalog number 1756-JMPR..O.5 A @ 48V DC 0.O. OUT-3 N.25 A @ 125V DC 2 A @ 125/240V AC 13 ms max 13 ms max 100 mA 100 mA 3. individually isolated (2 points/group) UL C300 R150 5. OUT-6 N.O. OUT-4 N.O Not Used Not Used L2 L2-0 DC-2 (-) Daisy Chain to Other RTBs Technical Specifications .3 Hz at rated load) 1. OUT-7 N.C.. max Thermal dissipation. OUT-2 N.O.C.C. max Initial contact resistance. OUT-7 N.C. mean Expected contact life Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . max Switching frequency...57 BTU/hr 0 mA 100 mΩ @ 6V 1 A 1 operation/3 s (0.C. OUT-6 N. max Bounce time.125V DC 10.O.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 1756-OX8I ControlLogix AC (10. OUT-1 N.O.August 2010 239 .C.

nonoperating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Class A 6 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges 10V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 80. Operating Cold). 2000 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 900 MHz 10V/m with 200 Hz 50% Pulse 100% AM @ 1890 MHz 3V/m with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 2000. operating IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea. Environmental Specifications . IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na. Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold). Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock) Relative humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db. (2) Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system-level installation manual...1. 2.1 mm2 (22. Operating Dry Heat). See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines. 1. or greater. Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat). IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb. and output-to-output Routine tested @ 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block Slot width Wire size 1756-TBCH 1756-TBS6H 1 0..1756-OX8I Attribute Temperature..90.2 mm (3/64 in.1756-OX8I Attribute Isolation voltage 1756-OX8I 250V (continuous). basic insulation type.80 MHz 3 kV EFT/B immunity IEC 61000-4-4 Surge transient immunity IEC 61000-4-5 Conducted RF immunity IEC 61000-4-6 Oscillatory surge withstand IEEE C37.) insulation max(1) 1(2) T4A None (open-style) Wire category North American temperature code Enclosure type (1) Maximum wire size requires extended housing..August 2010 ...Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Technical Specifications . Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat) Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc. Unpackaged Shock) Shock.1 240 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Operating Thermal Shock) Temperature. Operating) Shock. storage IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab..14 AWG) solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 °C (194 °F ). Unpackaged Shock) Emissions ESD immunity IEC 61000-4-2 Radiated RF immunity IEC 61000-4-3 1756-OX8I 0…60 °C (32…140 °F) 60 °C (140 °F) -40…85 °C (-40…185 °F) 5…95% noncondensing 2 g @ 10…500 Hz 30 g 50 g CISPR 11: Group 1.. surrounding air Temperature. catalog number 1756-TBE. outputs-to-backplane. IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb. operating IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad.. publication 1770-4.2700 MHz ±4 kV at 5 kHz on signal ports ±1 kV line-line (DM) and ±2 kV line-earth (CM) on signal ports 10V rms with 1 kHz sine-wave 80% AM from 150 kHz.33. IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd.

See UL File E65584. compliant with: AS/NZS CISPR 11. Industrial Requirements • EN 61000-6-2. Programmable Controllers (Clause 8.Module-specific Information Chapter 7 Certifications .B. Division 2 Group A. Zone A & B) European Union 2006/95/EC LVD. See CSA File LR54689C. Industrial Emissions • EN 61131-2.C. Meas. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .ab.D Hazardous Locations TÜV Certified for Functional Safety: Capable of SIL 2 C-Tick FM TÜV (1) When marked.B. compliant with: • EN 61131-2.C.. Industrial Immunity • EN 61000-6-4. CE European Union 2004/108/IEC EMC Directive.August 2010 241 . compliant with: • EN 61326-1. Programmable Controllers Australian Radiocommunications Act. See the Product Certification link at http://www. Industrial Emissions FM Approved Equipment for use in Class I Division 2 Group A. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment. Certificates.com for Declarations of Conformity.D Hazardous Locations. certified for US and Canada.1756-OX8I Certification(1) UL CSA 1756-OX8I UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment./Control/Lab. CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I. See CSA File LR69960C. and other certification details.

August 2010 .Chapter 7 Module-specific Information Notes: 242 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

or fuse status (red). The module must be replaced. Check the controller and chassis communication. Flashing green The module has passed internal diagnostics but is not multicasting inputs or it is inhibited. Each I/O module has status indicators located on the front of the module. Check this point at the controller. Flashing red Red light Yellow Red Previously established communication has timed out. These indicators show the I/O state (yellow). The input is active. fault. Uninhibit connection or establish connection to enable communication to the module. Status Indicators for Input Modules Indicator OK OK Status Green light Description The inputs are being multicast and in normal operating state.August 2010 243 . A bi-colored status indicates a module status with an ‘OK’ (red/green). Replace the module.Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Introduction This appendix describes the status indicators on the ControlLogix digital modules and how to use them to troubleshoot the module. OK OK I/O State I/O State Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . A fault has occurred for this point.

1756-IB16. 1756-IA16 AC INPUT I/O State I/O Fault ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K DIAGNOSTIC 1756-IB16D DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FLT 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1756-IA32.August 2010 . 1756-IC16. 1756-IB16I. 1756-IA16I. 1756-IV16 DC INPUT O K Module Status ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1756-IA8D. 1756-IH16I.Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module The status indicators shown are used on input modules. 1756-IM16I. 1756-IG16. 1756-IV32 DC INPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-IA8D. 1756-IN16 AC INPUT O K 1 ST 8 9 0 ST 1 1 1 ST 6 7 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 2 2 2 9 0 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 8 9 0 1 O K ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 O K DIAGNOSTIC ST 2 2 2 2 ST 4 5 6 7 20945 244 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

A short overload fault has occurred for a point in this group.Troubleshoot Your Module Appendix A Status Indicators for Output Modules Indicator OK OK Status Steady green Flashing green Description The outputs are actively being controlled by a system processor. The module has passed internal diagnostics but is not actively controlled or it is inhibited or controller is in Program mode. OK OK I/O State I/O Fuse Flashing red Steady red Yellow Red I/O Fault Red Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Check the wiring for a short-overload. Check this point at the controller. A fault has occurred for this point.August 2010 245 . The output is active. The module must be replaced. Previously established communication has timed out. Replace the module. Check the controller and chassis communication. establish connection or transition controller to Run mode to enable communication to module. Uninhibit connection. Also check the Module Properties dialog box in RSLogix 5000 software and reset the fuse.

1756-OA16 AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-OA16I AC OUTPUT O K ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1756-OA8. 1756-OV32E DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • O K O K ST 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 ST ST ST ST 1 6 2 4 1 7 2 5 1 8 2 6 1 9 2 7 2 0 2 8 2 1 2 9 2 2 3 0 2 3 3 1 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FUSE O K • ELECTRONICALLY FUSED 1756-OB8I. 1756-OC8. 1756-ON8 AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I/O Fuse FUSE ST FUSE • • 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 O K O K 1756-OA8D AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-OA8E AC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-OB16D DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FLT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FLT 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 O K FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K O K DIAGNOSTIC ELECTRONICALLY FUSED DIAGNOSTIC 1756-OB16E. 1756-OB8I. 1756-OV16E DC OUTPUT ST FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-OB16I. 1756-OG16 DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1756-OB32. 1756-OB16IS.August 2010 .Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module The status indicators shown are used on output modules. 1756-OH8I DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-OB8EI DC OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1756-OW16I RELAY OUTPUT O K ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ST 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 O K FUSE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K ELECTRONICALLY FUSED 1756-OX8I RELAY OUTPUT ST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 O K 40464 246 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

Warning Signal on Main Screen A warning icon appears in the I/O Configuration tree when a communication fault occurs. Fault conditions are reported in one of three ways.This occurs when the connection to the module is broken. RSLogix 5000 software will alert you to fault conditions. • Warning signal on the main screen next to the module . in the Status section. • Notification in the Tag Editor . • Message in a screen’s status line. the Major and Minor Faults are listed along with the Internal State of the module. Fault Message in Status Line On the Module Info tab.General module faults are also reported in the Tag Editor.Troubleshoot Your Module Appendix A Use RSLogix 5000 software for Troubleshooting In addition to the status indicator display on the module.August 2010 247 . The following windows display fault notification in RSLogix 5000 software. • Status on the Module Info tab. Diagnostic faults are reported only in the Tag Editor. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

August 2010 . the Connection tab lists the type of fault under Module Fault.Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Notification in Tag Editor The Value field shows 65535 to indicate the module connection has been broken. 248 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Fault Type Determination When you are monitoring a module’s configuration properties in RSLogix 5000 software and receive a Communication fault message.

1 = Enable. Standard Input Module Configuration Tags Name COSOnOffEn (1bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Configuration Change of State On to Off – Causes updated data to be sent to the Controller immediately after an input for an On to Off transition of the masked input points.Appendix B Tag Definitions Introduction This appendix describes the tags that are used for standard and diagnostic input and output modules.structure of data sent from the controller to the I/O module upon powerup. 0 = Disable.structure of data continually sent from the I/O module to the controller containing the current. • Configuration . The CST timestamp also is updated. IMPORTANT The table lists all possible standard input module tags. In each application. Standard and Diagnostic Input Module Tags ControlLogix standard and diagnostic input modules have two types of tags. depending on how the module is configured. Module-defined data types and tags are created when a module is initiated. May be used to trigger an Event Task in the Controller. The set of tags associated with any module depends on the type of module and the communication format chosen during configuration. • Input . the series of tags varies. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . operational status of the module.August 2010 249 .

Valid AC filter times=1. Field PwrLossEn). 0 = Disable. 1. 0 = Off. 18 ms. for further diagnosis of the root cause. Filter Times On to Off – Filter time for digital filter in digital input modules for On to Off transition. 0 = No fault. The CST timestamp is also updated. DiagCOSDisable) and/or the time that a diagnostic fault occurred (see OpenWireEn. 1 = Enable. COSOnOffEn.August 2010 . 2 ms.Appendix B Tag Definitions Standard Input Module Configuration Tags Name COS OffOnEn (1 bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Configuration Change of State Off to On – Causes updated data to be sent to the Controller immediately after an input for an Off to On transition of the masked input points. Off/On . 2 ms. 0 = Disable. if they are available. Operates on groups of eight points. 2 ms. If communication to the input module is lost. 2. Valid DC filter times=0. 1. FilterOnOff_0_7… (1 byte per group) Configuration FilterOffOn_0_7… (1 byte per group) Configuration Standard Input Data Tags Name CSTTimestamp (8 bytes) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Input data Coordinated System Time Timestamp – Timestamp can be configured to indicate the time that data changed (see COSOffOnEn. Valid DC filter times=0. The CST timestamp also is updated. 1 = Enable. Filter Times Off to On – Filter time for digital filter in digital input modules for Off to On transition. 1 = Enable. 1 = Fault (OpenWire or FieldPwrLoss or Comm Fault). 0 = Disable. Operates on groups of eight points. Valid AC filter times=1. May be used to trigger an Event Task in the Controller. then all points for the module will be faulted. COSStatus. 9. Data (1 bit per point) Fault (1 bit per point) Input data Input data Diagnostic Input Module Configuration Tags Name COSOnOffEn (1bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Configuration Change of State On to Off – Triggers an event in the controller for On to Off transition of input point and causes the input module to update the data table as soon as possible. COS OffOnEn (1 bit per point) Configuration 250 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Status for each input point. Check other diagnostic faults.An an ordered status of faults that indicates a point is faulted and input data for that point may be incorrect. The CST timestamp is also updated. 1 = On. Change of State Off to On – Triggers an event in the controller for Off to On transition of input point and causes the input module to update the data table as soon as possible. Fault Status .

9. Valid AC filter times=1. Off/On . 1 = Enable latching. DiagCOSDisable) and/or the time that a diagnostic fault occurred (see OpenWireEn.Enables Field Power Loss diagnostic. 1 = On. 0 = Off. 2 ms. Fault is Latched – If enabled for a point. any OpenWire or FieldPwrLoss stays latched in the faulted state even if the fault no longer exists until you clear the fault. 1 = Enable.Enables Open Wire diagnostic. 0 = Disable. Data (1 bit per point) Input data Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 2. COSStatus. 2 ms.August 2010 251 . 18 ms. Field Power Loss . Valid AC filter times=1. Operates on groups of eight points. Valid DC filter times=0. 0 = Disable. Filter Times On to Off .Filter time for digital filter in digital input modules for On to Off transition. 1. Operates on groups of eight points. COSOnOffEn. Valid DC filter times=0. 2 ms. 1. Open Wire . 1 = Enable. 0 = Disable.Status for each input point. Configuration FieldPwrLossEn (1 bit per point) FilterOnOff_0_7… (1 byte per group) Configuration Configuration FilterOffOn_0_7… (1 byte per group) Configuration OpenWireEn (1 bit per point) Configuration Diagnostic Input Data Tags Name CSTTimestamp (8 bytes) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Input data Coordinated System Time Timestamp – Timestamp can be configured to indicate the time that data changed (see COSOffOnEn. Filter Times Off to On – Filter time for digital filter in digital input modules for Off to On transition. Field PwrLossEn).Tag Definitions Appendix B Diagnostic Input Module Configuration Tags Name DiagCOSDisable (1 bit per point) FaultLatchEn (1 bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Configuration Diagnostic Change of State – Triggers the module to transmit diagnostic status data with an updated timestamp as soon as the diagnostic data changes state.

Also see FieldPwrLoss. Open Wire also is detected. If communication to the input module is lost or inhibited. 1 = Fault (OpenWire or FieldPwrLoss or Comm Fault).AC input diagnostic detects that field power has failed or is disconnected from the module. 0 = No fault. FieldPwrLoss (1 bit per point) Input data OpenWire (1 bit per point) Input data 252 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Check other diagnostic faults. Field Power Loss . 1 = Fault.August 2010 . if they are available. 0 = No fault. 1 = Fault.Diagnostic that detects that a wire has been disconnected from the input point.Appendix B Tag Definitions Diagnostic Input Data Tags Name Fault (1 bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Input data Fault Status . 0 = No fault. Open Wire . then all points for the module will be faulted by the processor.An ordered status of faults that indicates a point is faulted and input data for that point may be incorrect. If a group of points shows this fault. for further diagnosis of the root cause. then possible the return (L1 or GND) is missing from the module.

• Configuration . Otherwise outputs will remain in Program mode. 0 = Use ProgValue (Off or On). See FaultValue. operational status of the module. 0 = Use FaultValue (Off or On). 0 = Off. See ProgValue.structure of data continually sent from the I/O module to the controller containing the current. • Input . IMPORTANT The table lists all possible standard output module tags. 0 = Outputs stay in Program mode if comm failure. Program Value – Used in conjunction with ProgMode to configure the state of outputs when the controller is in Program mode. 1 = On. ProgValue. Standard Output Module Configuration Tags Name FaultMode (1bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Configuration Fault Mode – Used in conjunction with FaultValue to configure the state of outputs when a communications fault occurs. See ProgMode. Program Mode – Used in conjunction with ProgValue to configure the state of outputs when the controller is in Program mode. • Output . 1 = Hold Last State. Program to Fault Transition – Diagnostic enables the transition of outputs to FaultMode if a communications failure occurs in Program mode. See FaultMode. FaultValue (1 bit per point) Configuration ProgMode (1 bit per point) Configuration ProgValue (1 bit per point) Configuration ProgToFaultEn (1 byte per module) Configuration Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Fault Value – Used in conjunction with FaultMode to configure the state of outputs when a communications fault occurs.August 2010 253 . In each application. See ProgMode. 1 = Hold Last State.structure of data sent from the controller to the I/O module upon powerup.structure of data continually sent from the controller to the I/O module that can modify the module behavior. FaultValue. the series of tags varies.Tag Definitions Appendix B Standard and Diagnostic Output Module Tags ControlLogix standard and diagnostic digital output modules have three types of tags. depending on how the module is configured. 1 = On. FaultMode. 0 = Off. 1 = Outputs go to FaultMode if comm failure.

This is an ordered status of faults that indicates a point is faulted and I/O data for that point may be incorrect. 1 = On. 0 = No fault. 0 = No fault. FieldPwrLoss). 1 = Fault. For field side verification. 1 = Fault (FuseBlown. Data – Off/On status for the output point ECHOED back from the output module. 0 = Off.Status for the output point originating from the controller. then all points for the module will be faulted. if they are available. Used to synchronize outputs across the system by indicating the time (CST timestamp) at which the output module is to apply its outputs. Data (1 bit per point) Output data 254 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . OutputVerifyFault. NoLoad. see OutputVerifyFault. which is updated whenever a diagnostic fault occurs or goes away. Off/On . OutputVerifyFault. FieldPwrLoss. Check other diagnostic faults. Data (1 bit per point) Input data Fault (1 bit per point) Input data FuseBlown (1 bit per point) Input data Standard Output Module Output Data Tags Name CSTTimestamp (8 bytes) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Output data Coordinated System Time Timestamp – Timestamp to be used with scheduled outputs and coordinated system time (CST). or CommFault). Fuse is Blown – An electronic or mechanical fuse has detected a short or overload condition for an output point.Appendix B Tag Definitions Standard Output Module Input Data Tags Name CSTTimestamp (8 bytes) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Input data Coordinated System Time Timestamp – Timestamp of diagnostic input data including fusing (see BlownFuse. 0 = Off. This is used to verify proper communication only. All FuseBlown conditions are latched and must be reset by the user.August 2010 . for further diagnosis of the root cause. No field side verification is done. NoLoad. If communication to the input module is lost. 1 = On.

Program Value – Used in conjunction with ProgMode to configure the state of outputs when the controller is in Program mode. 0 = Outputs stay in Program mode if comm failure. See ProgMode.Enables No Load diagnostic. OutputVerifyFault or FieldPwrLoss stays latched in the faulted state even if the fault no longer exists until the user clears the fault.If enabled for a point. Output Verify . 0 = Off. 0 = Use FaultValue (Off or On).Enables Field Power Loss diagnostic. Fault Value – Used in conjunction with FaultMode to configure the state of outputs when a communications fault occurs. 1 = Enable.August 2010 255 . Field Power Loss . 0 = Use ProgValue (Off or On). 0 = Disable. 1 = On. FaultMode. ProgValue. See FaultMode. 1 = Hold Last State. 0 = Disable. See FaultValue. 1 = Enable. Program to Fault Transition – Diagnostic enables the transition of outputs to FaultMode if a communication failure occurs in Program mode.Enables Output Verify diagnostic. 0 = Disable. 0 = Off. 1 = Outputs go to FaultMode if comm failure. 1 = Hold Last State. This does not affect FuseBlown. any NoLoad. No Load . FaultMode (1bit per point) Configuration FaultValue (1 bit per point) Configuration FieldPwrLoss (1 bit per point) NoLoadEn (1 bit per point) OutputVerifyEn (1 bit per point) ProgMode (1 bit per point) Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration ProgValue (1 bit per point) Configuration ProgToFaultEn (1 byte per module) Configuration Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 0 = Disable. FaultValue.Tag Definitions Appendix B Diagnostic Output Module Configuration Tags Name FaultLatchEn (1bit per point) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Configuration Fault is Latched . Fault Mode – Used in conjunction with FaultValue to configure the state of outputs when a communications fault occurs. Program Mode – Used in conjnunction with ProgValue to configure the state of outputs when the controller is in Program mode. 1 = On. it is always latched. 1 = Enable latching. Otherwise outputs will remain in Program mode. See ProgMode. 1 = Enable. See ProgValue.

All FuseBlown conditions are latched and must be reset by the user. if they are available. If communication to the input module is lost or inhibited. 1 = Fault. Fuse is Blown .Diagnostic that indicates that the input has been commanded to the On state but the output has not been verified to be On.An ordered status of faults that indicates a point is faulted and I/O data for that point may be incorrect. Data (1 bit per point) Input data Fault (1 bit per point) Input data FieldPwrLoss (1 bit per point) Input data FuseBlown (1 bit per point) Input data NoLoad (1 bit per group) Input data OutputVerifyFault (1 bit per point) Input data 256 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No field side verification is done. 0 = No fault.An electronic or mechanical fuse has detected a short-circuit condition for an output point. then all points for the module will be faulted by the processor. OutputVerifyFault. Field Power Loss – AC output diagnostic detects that field power has failed or is disconnected from the module. This is used to verify proper communication only. which is updated whenever a diagnostic fault occurs or goes away. No Load also is detected. OutputVerifyFault. 1 = Fault (FuseBlown. 1 = Fault. NoLoad. NoLoad. This diagnostic operates only in the Off state. For field side verification.Diagnostic that indicates the absence of a load (such as. FieldPwrLoss. Check other diagnostic faults. the wire is disconnected from the module).August 2010 . 0 = No fault 1 = Fault (output is not On). 1 = On. see OutputVerifyFault. No Load . FieldPwrLoss). 0 = Off. Data – Off/On status for the output point ECHOED back from the output module. Fault Status . 0 = No fault. Output Verify . 0 = No fault 1 = Fault. for further diagnosis of the root cause. or CommFault).Appendix B Tag Definitions I Diagnostic Output Module Input Data Tags Name CSTTimestamp (8 bytes) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Input data Coordinated System Time Timestamp – Timestamp of diagnostic input data including fusing (see BlownFuse. 0 = No fault.

Data (1 bit per point) Output data Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 257 . Off/On .Status for the output point originating from the controller. 0 = Off. Used to synchronize outputs across the system by indicatin the time (CST timestamp) at which the output module is to apply its outputs.Tag Definitions Appendix B Diagnostic Output Module Output Data Tags Name CSTTimestamp (8 bytes) Configuration or I/O Data Definition Output data Coordinated System Time Timestamp – Timestamp to be used with scheduled outputs and coordinated system time (CST). 1 = On.

August 2010 .Appendix B Tag Definitions Notes: 258 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

but real-time control of your process is still occurring by using the input value from that same channel. Some of those parameters may also be changed through ladder logic. For example. the module prioritizes the sampling of inputs ahead of the unlatch service request. Message instructions maintain the following characteristics: • Messages use unscheduled portions of system communication bandwidth • One service is performed per instruction • Performing module services does not impede module functionality. This appendix provides an example of how to reset the same fuse without using RSLogix 5000 software. such as sampling inputs or applying new outputs Processing Real-time Control and Module Services Services sent through message instructions are not as time critical as the module behavior defined during configuration and maintained by a real-time connection. Because the input value is critical to your application. page 91 shows how to reset an electronic fuse on the 1756-OB16D module by using RSLogix 5000 software. you can use ladder logic to change configuration. Using Message Instructions In ladder logic. For example. the module processes messaging services only after the needs of the I/O connection have been met. you can use Message instructions to send occasional services to any ControlLogix I/O module. you may want to unlatch all process alarms on the module. In addition to performing run time services. For example. causing specific behavior to occur.August 2010 259 . Therefore. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Message instructions send an explicit service to the module. unlatching a high alarm can be performed by a message instruction. Chapter 6 explained how to use the RSLogix 5000 software to set configuration parameters in your ControlLogix digital I/O module.Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Introduction You can use ladder logic to perform run time services on your module.

Expand MainProgram to see Main Routine as a sub-menu item. For example. Follow these steps to create a tag. On the Controller Organizer. 1.August 2010 . Ladder logic is written in the Main Routine section of the RSLogix 5000 software program. 2. Start the RSLogix 5000 software program and open an existing I/O project or create a new one.Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration This prioritization allows input channels to be sampled at the same frequency and the process alarms to be unlatched in the time between sampling and producing the real-time input data. One Service Performed Per Instruction Message instructions will only cause a module service to be performed once per execution. 260 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . double-click MainRoutine. Create a New Tag This section shows how to create a tag in ladder logic when adding a message instruction. if a message instruction sends a service to the module to unlatch the high high alarm on a particular channel. that channel’s high high alarm will unlatch. The message instruction must then be re-executed to unlatch the alarm a second time. but may be set on a subsequent channel sample.

The MSG icon is among the formats on the Input/Output tab of the instruction toolbar. 3. Find. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . such as a message instruction. 4.August 2010 261 . to the rungs and then download the information to a controller. 5. right-click the question mark to access a pull-down menu. A green dot appears when a valid location is detected for the instruction on the rung. You attach run-time service. then click MSG (message) instruction on the instruction toolbar. You can tell that the rung is in Edit mode because of the ‘e’ at the left side of the rung. Inside the message box (in the Message Control field). Choose New Tag. You also can drag-and-drop an instruction icon onto a rung. appears in the right side of the RSLogix 5000 software program. with rungs.Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C A graphic that looks like a ladder.

to reflect this. For example. Leave blank. IMPORTANT We suggest you name the tag to indicate what module service the message instruction is sending. Type an option tag description.Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration The New Tag dialog box appears with the cursor in the Name field. Note: Message tags can be created only with the Controller scope. Field Name Name Description Usage Type Alias for Data Type Scope Description Type the tag name. Use the default. then name the tag. Choose MESSAGE. including the slot number in the module. Use the default. Choose from the options in the New Tag dialog box. ‘reset fuse’. if a message instruction is to reset an electronic fuse. 262 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Choose the Controller scope.August 2010 . 6. External Access Use the default.

Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration

Appendix C

Field Name Style Constant Open MESSAGE Configuration

Description Leave blank. Leave blank. Leave the box blank if you do NOT want to automatically access the Message Configuration screen when OK is clicked. You still can access the Message Configuration screen later by following the procedures on page 264.

7. Click OK.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

263

Appendix C

Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration

Enter Message Configuration
After creating a tag, you must enter certain parameters for the message configuration. This information is entered on the Configuration and Communication tabs of the Message Configuration dialog box. The Message Configuration dialog box is accessed by clicking the box with the ellipses (in the Message Control field).

IMPORTANT

In RSLogix 5000 software, version 10 and later, the Message Configuration dialog boxes changed significantly to make it easier for you to configure your messages. • For example, in version 9 and earlier, depending on the Message Type, you are required to configure some combination of the following: – Service Code – Object Type – Object ID – Object Attribute – Source – Number of Elements – Destination • In version 10 and later, after you choose a Service Type, RSLogix 5000 software fills in most of the fields listed above. The fields you must fill in are dependent on what Service Type you choose. For example, with the Reset Electronic Fuse service, you must know only the Source Element and the Destination. The following section shows how to configure messages with RSLogix 5000 software, version 10 and later. A table describes the relationship of the fields in both dialog boxes so you can configure messages by using RSLogix 5000 software version 9 and earlier.

264

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration

Appendix C

Configuration Tab
The Configuration tab provides information on what module service to perform and where to perform it.
RSLogix 5000 Software, Version 9 and Earlier RSLogix 5000 Software, Version 10 and Later

The following table explains the relationship of the fields in the above dialog boxes. For example, despite different entry fields, both screen examples are configured to send a message to reset an electronic fuse (module service) on Channel 0 of a 1756-OA8D module (where to perform the service).
Relationship of Message Configuration Parameters RSLogix 5000 Versions 9 and earlier Service Code RSLogix 5000 Versions 10 and later Service Type Description

Defines the type of module service to be performed. For example, a reset. Note: In versions 10 and later, you can use a pull-down menu to choose the Service Type. RSLogix 5000 software defaults the Service Code, Instance, Class, and Attribute parameters based on the Service Type that you choose. All values are in Hex.

Object Type Object ID

Class Instance

Object that you are sending a message to, such as the device object or a discrete output point. Each object can have multiple instances. For example, a discrete output can have 16 points or instances of where a message can be sent. This specifies the instance. Further identifies the exact address for the message. An analog input can have multiple alarms so this attribute acknowledges a specific alarm and not the other alarms. If an attribute is not specified (default to 0) the Service applies to all attributes of the Class/Instance.

Object Attribute

Attribute

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

265

Appendix C

Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration

The following table contains code information that is necessary only if you are configuring the message with RSLogix 5000 software, versions 9 or earlier.
Module Services and Configuration Information - Required for RSLogix 5000 Software, Versions 9 and Earlier Retrieve CST Information Service Code Object Type 1 77 Retrieve Device Information (WHO) 1 1 Reset the Module 5 1 Reset Latched Diagnostics 4b 1d = Input modules 1e = Output modules 1 N/A Reset Electronic Fuse 4d 1e Pulse Test

4c 1e

Object ID Object Attribute Source Number of Elements (bytes) Destination Modules

1 N/A N/A 0 CST_Information SINT [20] All

1 N/A N/A 0 WHO_Information SINT [48] All

1 N/A N/A 0 N/A All

1 N/A

1 N/A Pulse_Test_Para meters SINT[10] 10

Enable_32_Points Enable_32_Points DINT DINT 4 N/A 1756-OA8D, 1756-OB16D, 1756-OA8E, 1756-IA8D, 1756-IB16D 4

Results_32_Points N/A DINT 1756-OA8D, 1756-OB16D 1756-OA8D, 1756-OB16D

266

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration

Appendix C

When you are using RSLogix 5000 software, versions 9 and earlier, some services require multiple parameters and tags in the Source and Destination fields. An example is Pulse Test. These services use copy instructions to move multiple tags to and from the message instruction source and destination tags. The following table lists the copy instruction parameters needed for these services.
Copy Instruction Parameters for Module Services - Required for RSLogix 5000 Software, Versions 9 and Earlier Source/Destination Tag in MSG Instruction Pulse_Test_Parameters SINT[10] Description Copy Instruction (COP) - This instruction moves data to/from generic source/destination buffers Source Determines which point to perform the pulse test on. Each bit corresponds to a point. Only test one point at a time. Determines maximum pulse width of the pulse test in milliseconds. Pulse test inverts state of the output up to the maximum specified time. Units are in 100 µs increments. Default tag value = 2 ms (that is, 20). For AC modules only, this specifies how long to delay after the zero cross before performing the pulse test. Optimum time to perform pulse test is at its peak AC voltage. Units are in 100 µs increments. Default tag value = 4 ms (that is, 40). Specifies how long to wait after the pulse is completed before declaring a fault. Output verify delay parameter is needed to account for the hardware propagation delay. Units are in 100 µs increments. Default tag value = 2 ms (that is, 20). CST_Information SINT[20] Current CST Time from Module Status of CST in Module Bit0: 0=timer OK, 1=timer fault Bit1: 0=no ramping, 1=ramping (ramping indicates that once time is synchronized, it will correct errors by slowly ramping to the master’s time) Bit2: 0=not time master, 1=time master (that is, controller) Bit3: 0=time not synced, 1=time synced with master Size of timer in bits Unused Enable_32_points DINT Pulse_Width INT Destination Pulse_Test_Parameters [0] Length (bytes) 4

Pulse_Test_Parameters [4]

2

Zero_Cross_Delay INT

Pulse_Test_Parameters [6]

2

Output_Verify_Delay INT

Pulse_Test_Parameters [8]

2

CST_Information[0] CST_Information[8]

Current_Time DINT[2] CST_Status INT

8 2

CST_Information[10] CST_Information[12]

CST_Timer_Size INT CST_reserved

2 8

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

267

Appendix C

Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration

Copy Instruction Parameters for Module Services - Required for RSLogix 5000 Software, Versions 9 and Earlier Source/Destination Tag in MSG Instruction WHO_Information SINT[47] Description Copy Instruction (COP) - This instruction moves data to/from generic source/destination buffers Source Device manufacturer’s vendor ID (that is, 1 = AB) Device’s product type (that is, 7 = Digital I/O) Device’s catalog code which maps to its catalog number Device’s major revision Device’s minor revision Device’s internal status Bit 0: 0 = unowned, 1 = owned Bit 2: 0 = unconfigured, 1 = configured Bits 7…4: forms a 4-bit number indicating Device Specific Status For Digital I/O: 0 = Self-Test 1 = Flash update in progress 2 = Communication fault 3 = Not owned 4 = Unused 5 = Internal fault (module needs to be flash updated) 6 = Run mode 7 = Program mode (N/A for input modules) Bit 8: 0 = no fault, 1 = Minor recoverable fault (that is, backplane error detected) Bit 9: 0 = no fault, 1 = Minor non-recoverable fault Bit 10: 0 = no fault, 1 = Major recoverable fault Bit 11: 0 = no fault, 1 = Major non-recoverable fault (that is, module needs to be reflashed) Bits 15…12: unused Device’s serial number Number of characters in the text string Device’s ASCII text string describing the module WHO_Information[10] WHO_Information[14] WHO_Information[15] WHO_serial_number DINT WHO_string_length SINT WHO_ascii_string 4 1 32 WHO_Information[0] WHO_Information[2] WHO_Information[4] WHO_Information[6] WHO_Information[7] WHO_Information[8] Destination WHO_vendor INT WHO_product_type INT WHO_catalog_code INT WHO_major_revision SINT WHO_minor_revision SINT WHO_status INT Length (bytes) 2 2 2 1 1 2

268

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P - August 2010

choose the physical location. the slot number of a 1756-OA8D module distinguishes exactly which module a message is designated for. You choose a path when you choose a module from the list. If you are using RSLogix 5000 software. That is. Click OK to set the path.August 2010 269 . IMPORTANT Use the Brown button to see a list of the I/O modules in the system. slot number. if bit 0 = 1 for the results of the Reset Fuse. Communication Tab The Communication tab provides information on the path of the message instruction. Pass (0)/ Fail (1) result for the service. You must name an I/O module during initial module configuration to choose a path for your message instruction. That is. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . versions 10 and later.Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C The following table lists tags used in the Source and Destination fields of the message instructions. and data type in the Source Element and Destination fields. Source and Destination Field Tags Source Tag Enable_32_Points DINT Results_32_Points DINT Description Parameter used to determine which points are enabled for the service. For example. then point 0 has its electronic fuse reset. then the Reset Fuse failed for point 0. if bit 0 = 1 for Reset Fuse.

This is used to turn On ‘init’. the output will follow the state of the input 0. and network delays. For our example. • Rung 2 only executes once and initializes the LastTimestamp. which causes the program to initialize its tags. the program uses the instructions down the ladder. LastTimestamp is used to detect a Change of State on the input point by checking to see if the timestamp of the input data has changed. The program can be extended to include synchronizing multiple output modules by sending the same timestamp to all output modules. The advantage of using CST (over timers) is that the synchronization is being performed at the I/O module.August 2010 . controller). • Rungs 0 and 1 are used to detect the transition from Program to Run mode. The input and output modules must reside in the same rack as a Time Master (that is.Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Use Timestamped Inputs and Scheduled Outputs This section demonstrates the use of timestamped inputs and scheduled outputs for digital I/O. which eliminates any jitter due to controller or communication delays. For this synchronization to work properly. 270 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . the 10 ms delay must be long enough to account for any controller. Timestamp units are microseconds. The change of state (CST) can be used to synchronize the output turning Off to On based upon the time that the input transitioned Off to On. backplane. but it will be delayed by exactly 10 ms. Your control becomes much more deterministic even under changing loads. In the following illustrations.

Time_at_which_Ouput_Will_Change) are used to schedule the outputs into the future (to a max of 16. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Time_at_which_Input_Changed) with the last timestamp (LastTimestamp).Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C • Rung 3 is the main rung that checks for Change of State on the input point by comparing the current input timestamp (that is. The input point (point 0) must have Change of State enabled or the timestamp will not update when the point transitions (that is. 10 ms is added to the input timestamp and sent to the output module's timestamp.August 2010 271 .000 µs. IMPORTANT Timestamps are eight bytes in size.000 µs) after the input changed state. Off-On). Once Change of State has been detected. but only the lower four bytes of the output timestamp (that is. This causes the output module to apply its output exactly 10 ms (10.700.7 s or 16. two DINTS. The MOVe instructions update ‘LastTimestamp’ in preparation for the next change of state.

272 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 .Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration • Rung 4 is the standard XIC-OTE rung that controls the output point based on the input point. The outputs will not get applied until the scheduled time has occurred. The only difference is the output module is configured for scheduled outputs. The Controller Tags dialog box shows examples of the tags created in the ladder logic. as displayed in the tag editor (bottom of the screen).

Click the box in each rung to see the associated configuration and communication. (The actual results appear in the message instruction tags under the tag name EXERR). and to reset latched diaganostics. Perform Pulse Test and Reset Latched Diagnostics The following ladder logic program shows how to use ladder logic to reset the electronic fuse of a faulted point. • Rung 3 moves the results of the pulse test to a data storage location. The example is of a 1756-OA8D module in slot 4. • Rungs 0 and 1 are used to perform a reset fuse service on Bits 0 and 1.Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Reset a Fuse. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . • Rung 2 performs a pulse test service to slot 4. • Rung 4 performs a reset latched diagnostics service to slot 4. This example shows an output module. perform a pulse test. respectively.August 2010 273 .

274 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 .Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration The Controller Tags dialog box shows examples of the tags created in the ladder logic. as displayed in the tag editor.

a message instruction retrieves the following module identification information. Product code. Serial number. the Controller Tags dialog box shows the module’s major revision is 2. For example. Minor revision.August 2010 275 . Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . In this application. Major revision. ASCII string. A full explanation of each module identification category is provided after the ladder logic application. String length.Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Perform a WHO to Retrieve Module Identification and Status This ladder logic example shows how to retrieve module identification and status through a WHO service. The user-defined WHO data structure displays module identification information in an easily understood format. Vendor. IMPORTANT The ladder logic example in this section uses a user-defined WHO data structure and a series of Copy instructions (following the Message instruction in the screen capture) to make the module identification information more easily understood. • • • • • • • • • Product type. Status.

only poll for status when necessary. If you choose not to create this structure. To conserve bandwidth. • Rung 1 extracts the product type and catalog code.Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration You do not have to create the user-defined data structure. • Rung 2 extracts the module’s major and minor revisions. 276 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . • Rung 4 extracts the vendor ID and serial number. • Rung 0 constantly polls the module for WHO status. you can use the ASCII string and String length to retrieve and understand module identification through some interface excluding RSLogix 5000 software.August 2010 . • Rung 3 extracts the module’s status information. The illustration shows an example WHO ladder logic application. • Rung 5 extracts the module’s ASCII text string and the length of the text string in bytes.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . • If you are performing a service through the tags. point 0 = bit 0 on the module. remember these guidelines. if you want to reset the electronic fuse on a particular bit. a value of 0 prevents the action from occurring. a value of 0 means the bit passed the service. 1 = Allen-Bradley Module serial number Number of characters in module’s text string Module’s ASCII text string description 4 5 Vendor ID Serial Number Length of ASCII Text String ASCII Text String Review of Tags in Ladder Logic When you use tags in ladder logic applications. if you perform a pulse test and the response displays a 0 for a particular bit. 1 = Minor recoverable fault Bit 11: 0 = No fault. 1 = Major unrecoverable fault Bits 15…12: Unused Module manufacturer vendor.August 2010 277 . 1 = Minor recoverable fault Bit 10: 0 = No fault. and a value of 1 means the bit failed the service. • Ladder logic tags represent the module on a point per bit basis. Bit 0: 0 = Unowned.Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C The table defines the values returned for each rung. 1 =Owned Bit 1: Reserved Bit 2: 0 = Unconfigured. enter 1 in the tags. For example. the bit passed the test. 7=Digital I/O. 1 = Configured Bit 3: Reserved Bits 7-4: Forms a 4-bit number indicating Device Specific Status. Multiple bits listed. • If you are checking the response of a service through the tags. and a value of 1 causes the action to occur. 0 = Self-Test 1 = Flash update in progress 2 = Communications fault 3 = Not owned (outputs in Program mode) 4 = Unused 5 = Internal fault (need flash update) 6 = Run mode 7 = Program mode (output mods only) Bit 8: 0 = No fault. For example. 10=Analog I/O Module’s catalog number Module’s major revision Module’s minor revision Module’s status. Rung 1 Module ID Retrieved Product Type Catalog Code 2 3 Major Revision Minor Revision Status Description Module’s product type. For example. 1 = Minor recoverable fault Bit 9: 0 = No fault.

Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Notes: 278 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 .

Current @ 5.3V = x 3.3V = x 3.1V = x 5. 1756-PH75 These three wattage values (1.3V = x 3. 3).August 2010 279 .3V DC (mA) x 3.3V = x 3. 2.3V = x 3.1V = x 5.1V = x 5.3V = x 3.3V = x 3.1V DC @ 24 (Watts) VDC (mA) x 5.3V = x 3.3V = x 3.1V = x 5.3V = x 3.3V = x 3.3V = x 3.1V = x 5.1V = x 5.1V = x 5.3V = x 3.3V = W (3) Power @ 3.1V = x 5. 1756-PB72 13000 mA for 1756-PA75. Power Current @ 5.3V = x 3.1V = x 5.1V DC (mA) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10000 mA for 1756-PA72.1V = x 5.1V = x 5.3V = x 3.1V = x 5.3V DC (Watts) Slot Number Module Cat. No. 1756PB75.1V = x 5. cannot exceed: • 75 W @ 60 °C (140 °F) for any power supply Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1V = x 5.1V = x 5. added together.1V = TOTALS mA This number cannot exceed: W (1) mA This number cannot exceed 2800 mA x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = x 24V = W (2) mA This number cannot exceed 4000 mA Power @ 24 VDC (Watts) Current @ 3. We recommend that you use this worksheet to check the power supply of each ControlLogix chassis used.1V = x 5.3V = x 3.Appendix D Choose Correct Power Supply Power Sizing Chart Use the chart to determine the power your ControlLogix chassis is using to prevent an inadequate power supply. 1756-PC75.

August 2010 .Appendix D Choose Correct Power Supply Notes: 280 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

Maximum Allowed 2-3 Pole Motor Starters (120V AC/60 Hz) Cat. Size 0-1 1756-OA16I 16 16 Size 2 16 Motor Starters Size 3 Size 4 16 @ 30 °C (86 °F) Size 5 11 @ 30 °C (86 °F) 13 @ 60 °C (140 °F) 9 @ 60 °C (140 °F) 1756-OA16‘ 16 16 16 4 (Only 2 per group) 1756-OA8 8 8 8 8 2 (Only 1 per group) 8 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . remember that the supply voltage for each module must not drop below the minimum state motor starter supply voltage. IMPORTANT When using the tables.Appendix E Motor Starters for Digital I/O Modules Motor Starter Chart This appendix provides data to help you choose a ControlLogix digital I/O module to drive Bulletin 500 series motor starters in your application. No.August 2010 281 . Size 0…1 1756-0A16I 16 Size 2 15 @ 30 °C (86 °F) Motor Starters Size 3 13 @ 30 °C (86 °F) Size 4 8 @ 30 °C (86 °F) Size 5 5 @ 30 °C (86 °F) 4 @ 60 °C (140 °F) None 12 @ 60 °C (140 °F) 10 @ 60 °C (140 °F) 6 @ 60 °C (140 °F) 1756-OA16 16 14 (Only 7 per group) 1756-OA8 8 8 4 (Only 2 per group) 8 8 @ 30 °C (86 °F) 6 @ 60 °C (140 °F) 1756-OA8D 1756-OA8E 8 8 8 8 8 8 None 6 (Only 3 per group) None 5 @ 30 °C (86 °F) 4 @ 60 °C (140 °F) None 6 @ 30 °C (86 °F) (only 3 per group) 4 @ 60 °C (140 °F) (Only 2 per group) Maximum Allowed 2-3 Pole Motor Starters (230V AC/60 Hz) Cat. The tables list the number of motor starters (five sizes are listed for each module) that a particular digital I/O module can drive. No.

August 2010 . refer to this example. Choose your motor starter 2. Confirm the voltage range is within the motor starter range 50 °C (122 °F) Motor starter uses 120V AC 1756-OA16I operates in a 74…120V AC voltage range 282 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . Inrush 1225VA.Appendix E Motor Starters for Digital I/O Modules Maximum Allowed 2-3 Pole Motor Starters (24V AC/60 Hz) Cat. Size 0-1 1756-ON8 4 @ 30 °C (86 °F) 3 @ 60 °C (140 °F) Size 2 4 @ 30 °C (86 °F) 3 @ 60 °C (140 °F) None Motor Starters Size 3 None Size 4 None Size 5 Determine the Maximum Number of Motor Starters To determine the maximum number of motor starters that can be used by any 1756 digital I/O module. Determine the maximum environmental operating temperature 5. No. Choose a ControlLogix digital output module Value used in this example Allen-Bradley Bulletin 500 Size 3 120V AC/60 Hz/2-3 Poles. Sealed=45VA 12 size 3 motor starters 1756-OA16I • Output voltage = 74…265V AC • Output steady state current per point = 2A maximum @ 30 °C (86 °F) • & 1A maximum @ 60 °C (140 °F) Linear derating • Output steady state current per module = 5A maximum @ 30 °C (86 °F) & 4A maximum @ 60xC (linear derating) • Output surge current p= 20A maximum for 43 ms repeatable every 2 s @ 60 °C (140 °F) 4. Number of Motor Starters to be Used Step 1. Determine the number of motor starters required for your application 3.

67 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) Above 30 °C (86 °F) total output current derates to . Confirm the 1756-OA16I/A total module current can drive 12 size 3 motor starters @ 50 °C (122 °F) Motor starter steady state current x 11 motor starters = .(.5 A) @ 50 °C (122 °F) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Motor Starters for Digital I/O Modules Appendix E Number of Motor Starters to be Used Step 6.5A @ 50 °C (122 °F) The output total module current can drive: 5A .033 mA/°C (point derating) The 1756-OA16I output point current (1.33 A =4.0.67A) can drive the 12 motor starters (4.33 A = 1.August 2010 283 .033 mA x 10 °C) = 2 A .2 A Inrush Sealed/Line voltage = Steady state current = 45VA/120V AC = 0.033 mA x 10 x C) = 5A -0.67A) can drive the motor starter (0.67 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) Above 30 °C (86 °F). Confirm the steady state point current of the module can drive the motor starter Value used in this example Inrush of motor starter .Line voltage = Inrush current = 1225VA/120V AC = 10. output point derates to .033 mA/x C (Module derating) The 1756-OA16I total output current (4.375 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) Output point current can drive: 2 A . Confirm the inrush current per point 7.375 x 12 = 4.(.375 A @ 50 °C (122 °F) 8.

August 2010 .Appendix E Motor Starters for Digital I/O Modules Notes: 284 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

If Using a Compatible or Disabled Keying I/O Configuration If you are replacing a 2. Digital I/O modules with the new ASIC are identified at Major Revision 3. The use of the upgraded ASIC also impacts the firmware revisions that can be flash upgraded to the module.x cannot be backflashed to any 2. then additional steps are required. Attempting to backflash or downgrade a module’s firmware from 3.x firmware revision.x cannot be flash upgraded to any firmware revision 3. functional equivalents to the 2. further steps are not required.x.August 2010 285 .x modules. internal backplane Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC) chip. If you use Compatible or Disabled Keying configurations.x to Rockwell Automation.x.Appendix F Major Revision Upgrades Introduction ControlLogix 1756 digital I/O modules are transitioning to use a new.x will irreversibly damage the module. As a result. Digital I/O modules at Major Revision 3.x modules as direct replacements for Major Revision 2.x module and have configured the 2. 3. Digital I/O modules at firmware revision 2. You can use Major Revision 3.x module to use Compatible or Disabled Keying.x modules if: • the electronic keying of the module is specified as Compatible or Disabled Keying. You must return modules damaged by an attempt to backflash to firmware 2. 285Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . See page 286 for details. IMPORTANT Do not backflash your module’s firmware from firmware revision 3.x modules.x to 2.x to 2.x module with a 3.x.x modules can be used as a direct replacements for 2. • the electronic keying of the module is Exact Keying. the module’s Major Revision number has also been upgraded. Modules with the new internal backplane ASIC are form-fit.

version 13 or later. consider changing the module’s electronic keying in the I/O configuration to Compatible or Disabled Keying. 286 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Appendix F Major Revision Upgrades If Using an Exact Match Keying Configuration If you are currently using a 2. Then do this 1. • Upgrade RSLogix 5000 software to version 13 or later and complete the steps listed for RSLogix software. Do one of the following: • Change the module’s configuration to Disable Keying. If you are replacing a 2. If you use Exact Match keying and RSLogix 5000 software.x module configured at Exact Match keying.x revision module to the I/O configuration. 2.August 2010 . version 12 and earlier. Delete the 2.x module with a 3. take additional action depending on your version of RSLogix 5000 software. RSLogix 5000 software.x module from the I/O Configuration in the RSLogix 5000 software project. Add a new 3.x module and must use Exact Match keying in the I/O configuration. version 13 and later.

1756-TBNH. For a complete list of the IFMs available for use with ControlLogix digital I/O modules. see the table on page 289.August 2010 287 . The combinations include the following: • Interface modules (IFMs) mount on DIN rails to provide the output terminal blocks for the I/O module. All of the pre-wired cables use 0.Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Cable Overview As an alternative to buying RTBs and connecting the wires yourself.326 mm2 (22 AWG) wire. 1756-TBSH and 1756-TBS6H). IMPORTANT The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs (1756-TBCH. For a complete list of the pre-wired cables available for use with ControlLogix digital I/O modules. The other end of the cable assembly is an RTB that plugs into the front of the I/O module. I/O Module Pre-wired Cable IFM • Pre-wired cables are individually color-coded conductors that connect to a standard terminal block. Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency. Use the IFMs with the pre-wired cables that match the I/O module to the interface module. you can buy a wiring system that connects to I/O modules through pre-wired and pre-tested cables. see the table on page 302. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .

• IFM-ready cables have a cable connection to attach to the IFM pre-wired to one end. 288 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . The other end of the cable assembly is an RTB that plugs into the front of the I/O module. The other end has free connectors to wire to I/O modules or other components.326 mm2 (22 AWG) wire.Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Additional pre-wired cable combinations include the following: • Digital I/O module-ready cables with free connectors wire into standard terminal blocks or other type of connectors. I/O Module Pre-wired Cable with Free Connectors Terminal Block Most of the I/O module-ready cables use 0.823 mm2 (18 AWG) conductors for higher current applications or longer cable runs.August 2010 . Components IFM-ready Cable IFM The IFM-ready cables use 0.

IMPORTANT For the latest list. Standard Isolated with 120 V AC status indicators and four terminals per input Isolated 120V AC/DC with four terminals per input Isolated with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per input. No. 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1756-IA16I 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS120A-4 Feed-through Fusible 1492-IFM40F-FSA-4 1492-IFM40F-FS120A-4 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 1756-IA8D IFM Cat. 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20D120 1492-IFM20D120N 1492-IFM20D120A-2 1492-IFM20F-FS120A-4 IFM Type Feed-through Status-indicating Standard with 120V AC/DC status indicators(1) Narrow standard with 120V AC status indicators 120V AC with extra terminals for inputs Fusible Two 4-point isolated groups with four terminals per input and 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) 1756-IA16 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20F-3 1492-IFM20D120 1492-IFM20D120N 1492-IFM20D120A-2 1492-IFM20F-F120A-2 Feed-through Status-indicating Standard with 120V AC/DC status indicators(1) Narrow standard with 120V AC status indicators 120V AC with extra terminals for inputs Fusible Extra terminals with 120V AC/DC blown fuse status indicators. publication 1492-TD008. see the Digital/Analog Programmable Controller Wiring Systems Technical Data.August 2010 289 .1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G The table lists the IFMs and pre-wired cables that can be used with ControlLogix digital I/O modules. No. IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) I/O Cat.

No.Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules I/O Cat. four isolated groups and four terminals per input Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per input(2) Isolated with 120V AC/DC with four terminals per input 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1756-IB16D 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40DS24A-4 1492-IFM40F-F24AD-4 Fusible 1492-IFM40F-FS24A-4 1492-IFM40F-FSA-4 1756-IB16I 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS24A-4 Feed-through Status-indicating Standard Isolated with 24V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per input Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per input Isolated with 120V AC/DC with four terminals per input 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-IFM40F-FS24A-4 Fusible 1492-IFM40F-FSA-4 290 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No. 1756-IA32 IFM Cat.August 2010 . 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40D120A-2 IFM Type Feed-through Status-indicating Feed-through IFM Description Standard Extra terminals 120V AC status indicators and extra terminals for inputs Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExZ (x=cable length) 1756-IB16 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20F-3 1492-IFM20D24 1492-IFM20D24N 1492-IFM20D24A-2 1492-IFM20D24-3 1492-IFM20F-F24A-2 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators Narrow standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for inputs 3-wire sensor with 24V AC/DC status indicators Fusible Feed-through Status-indicating Extra terminals with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for inputs Standard Extra terminals Isolated with 24V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per input Fused with 24V DC blown fuse low leakage indicators.

August 2010 291 . No. No. 1756-IB32 IFM Cat. 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40F-3 1492-IFM40D24 1492-IFM40D24A-2 1492-IFM40D24-3 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExZ (x=cable length) Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for inputs 3-wire sensor with 24V AC/DC status indicators for inputs 1756-IC16 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20F-3 Feed-through Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) 1756-IG16 1756-IH16I N/A 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-FSA-4 1492-IFM40F-FS120A-4 Feed-through Fusible Standard Isolated with 120V AC/DC with four terminals per input Isolated with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators with four terminals per input Status-indicating Isolated with 240V AC status indicators and four terminals per input Isolated with 240V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per input Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators Narrow standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for inputs 3-wire sensor with 24V AC/DC status indicators Fusible Extra terminals with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for inputs 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1756-IM16I 1492-IFM40DS240A-4 1492-IFM40F-FS240A-4 Fusible 1756-IN16 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20F-3 1492-IFM20D24 1492-IFM20D24N 1492-IFM20D24A-2 1492-IFM20D24-3 1492-IFM20F-F24A-2 Feed-through Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G I/O Cat.

No.August 2010 .Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules I/O Cat. 1756-IV16 IFM Cat. 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20F-3 1492-IFM20D24 1492-IFM20D24N 1492-IFM20D24A-2 1492-IFM20D24-3 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators Narrow standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for inputs 3-wire sensor with 24V AC/DC status indicators 1756-IV32 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40F-3 1492-IFM40D24 1492-IFM40D24A-2 1492-IFM20D24-2 1492-IFM20D24-3 Feed-through Standard Extra terminals 3-wire sensor type input devices 1492-CABLExZ (x=cable length) Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for inputs 3-wire sensor with 24V AC/DC status indicators 1756-OA8 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20DS120-4 Feed-through Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) Status-indicating Isolated with 120V AC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Isolated with extra terminals with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs Isolated with four terminals with 120V AC blown fuse indicators for outputs Isolated with four terminals with 240V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs 1492-CABLExW (x=cable length) 1492-IFM20F-FS-2 1492-IFM20F-FS120-2 Fusible 1492-IFM20F-FS120-4 1492-IFM20F-FS240-4 292 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No.

1756-OA8D IFM Cat. No.1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G I/O Cat.August 2010 293 . 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20DS120-4 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) Status-indicating Isolated with 120V AC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Isolated with extra terminals with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Isolated with four terminals per output and 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators 1492-CABLExV (x=cable length) 1492-IFM20F-FS-2 1492-IFM20F-FS120-2 Fusible 1492-IFM20F-FS120-4 1756-OA8E 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20DS120-4 Feed-through Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) Status-indicating Isolated with 120V AC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Isolated with extra terminals with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Isolated with four terminals per output and 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators 1492-CABLExV (x=cable length) 1492-IFM20F-FS-2 1492-IFM20F-FS120-2 Fusible 1492-IFM20F-FS120-4 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No.

No. 120V AC relays(4) Expander with eight. 24V DC relays(3) 20-pin master with sixteen. 120V AC relays 20-pin master with sixteen. 120V channels with blown fuse indicators(4) Expander with eight feed-through channels(4) Standard Isolated with 120V AC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals for outputs Isolated 240V AC/DC with four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals and 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Isolated with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with 240V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-XIMF-2 1756-OA16I 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS120-4 Feed-through Expander Feed-through Status-indicating 1492-IFM40-FS-2 1492-IFM40-FS-4 1492-IFM40F-FS120-2 Fusible 1492-IFM40F-FS120-4 1492-IFM40F-FS240-4 294 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules I/O Cat. No.August 2010 . 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20D120N 1492-IFM20D120-2 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) Status-indicating Narrow standard with 120V AC status indicators 120V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for outputs 1492-IFM20F-F2 1492-IFM20F-F120-2 1492-IFM20F-F240-2 1492-XIM20120-8R 1492-XIM20120-16R 1492-XIM20120-16RF 1492-XIM120-8R 1492-XIMF-F120-2 Fusible Extra terminals for outputs Extra terminals with 120V AC blown fuse indicators for outputs Extra terminals with 240V AC blown fuse indicators for outputs Relay Master 20-pin master with eight. 1756-OA16 IFM Cat. 120V AC relays with fusing Relay Expander Fusible Expander Expander with eight.

1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G I/O Cat. No.August 2010 295 . 1756-OB8 IFM Cat. 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IMF20F-2 1492-IFM20DS24-4 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) Status-indicating Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Isolated with extra terminals per output and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators 1492-CABLExW (x=cable length) 1492-IFM20F-FS-2 1492-IFM20F-FS24-2 Fusible 1756-OB8EI 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS24-4 Feed-through Status-indicating Standard Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 240V AC/DC with four terminals per output 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 Fusible 1492-IFM40F-FS24-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-4 1756-OB8I N/A Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No.

Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules I/O Cat. 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40DS24-4 IFM Type Feed-through Status-indicating IFM Description Standard Extra terminals Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output(5) Fused with 24V DC blown fuse low leakage status indicator circuit with four isolated groups and four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs(6) Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output(6) Isolated 240V AC/DC with four terminals per output Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-IFM40F-F24D-2 Fusible 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-4 296 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No. No.August 2010 . 1756-OB16D IFM Cat.

1756-OB16E IFM Cat. No.August 2010 297 . 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20D24 1492-IFM20D24N 1492-IFM20D24-2 1492-IFM20F-F2 1492-IFM20F-F24-2 1492-XIM2024-8R 1492-XIM2024-16R 1492-XIM2024-16RF 1492-XIM24-8R 1492-XIMF-F24-2 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators Narrow standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for outputs Fusible 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Extra terminals with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Relay Master 20-pin master with eight. No. 24V channels with blown fuse indicators(4) Expander with eight feed-through channels(4) Standard Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs(8) Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs(8) Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output(8) Isolated with 240V AC/DC and four terminals per output(8) 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-XIMF-2 1756-OB16I 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS24-4 Feed-through Expander Feed-through Status-indicating 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 Fusible 1492-IMF40F-FS24-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-4 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 24V DC relays with fusing Relay Expander Fusible Expander Expander with eight. 24V DC relays(7) 20-pin master with sixteen.1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G I/O Cat. 24V DC relays 20-pin master with sixteen. 24V DC relays(4) Expander with eight.

No. 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS24-4 IFM Type Feed-through Status-indicating IFM Description Standard Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs(8) Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs(8) Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output(8) Isolated with 240V AC/DC and four terminals per output(8) Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 Fusible 1492-IMF40F-FS24-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-4 1756-OB32 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40D24 1492-IFM40D24-2 1492-IFM40F-F2 1492-IFM40F-F24-2 1492-XIM4024-8R 1492-XIM4024-16R 1492-XIM4024-16RF 1492-XIM24-8R 1492-XIMF-F24-2 1492-XIM24-16RF 1492-XIMF-2 Feed-through Expander Relay Expander Fusible Expander Relay Master Fusible Status-indicating Feed-through Standard Extra terminals Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for outputs 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Extra terminals with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs 40-pin master with eight. 24V DC relays with fusing Expander with eight. 24V DC relays 40-pin master with sixteen.Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules I/O Cat. No. 24V DC relays with fusing(9) Expander with eight feed-through channels(4) 1492-CABLExZ (x=cable length) 298 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 1756-OB16IS IFM Cat. 24V DC relays 40-pin master with sixteen. 24V DC relays(4) Eight-channel expander with 24V AC blown fuse indicators(4) Expander with sixteen.August 2010 .

1756-OC8 IFM Cat. No.1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G I/O Cat.August 2010 299 . 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20DS24-4 IFM Type Feed-through IFM Description Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) Status-indicating Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Isolated with extra terminals per output and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators 1492-CABLExW (x=cable length) 1492-IFM20F-FS2 1492-IFM20F-FS24-2 Fusible 1756-OG16 1756-OH8I N/A 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS120-2 Feed-through Fusible Standard Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs Isolated with extra terminals and 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Feed-through Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Status-indicating Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for output Isolated with extra terminals per output and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators Feed-through Standard Narrow standard Extra terminals Status-indicating Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for outputs Fusible 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Extra terminals with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators 1492-CABLExX (x=cable length) 1492-CABLExW (x=cable length) 1492-CABLExU (x=cable length) 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1756-ON8 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20DS24-4 1492-IFM20F-FS2 1492-IFM20F-FS24-2 Fusible 1756-OV16E 1492-IFM20F 1492-IFM20FN 1492-IFM20F-2 1492-IFM20D24 1492-IFM20D24-2 1492-IFM20F-F2 1492-IFM20F-F24-2 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No.

1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40F-2 1492-IFM40D24 1492-IFM40D24-2 1492-IFM40F-F2 1492-IFM40F-F24-2 IFM Type Feed-through Status-indicating IFM Description Standard Extra terminals Standard with 24V AC/DC status indicators 24V AC/DC status indicators and extra terminals for outputs Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExZ (x=cable length) Fusible 120V AC/DC with extra terminals for outputs Extra terminals with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs 1756-OW16I 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS24-4 Feed-through Status-indicating Standard Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with 120V AC status indicators and four terminals per output 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-IFM40DS120-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 Fusible Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 240V AC/DC with four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals and 120V AC blown fuse indicators Isolated with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with 240V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output 1492-IMF40F-FS24-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-4 1492-IMF40F-FS120-2 1492-IMF40F-FS120-4 1492-IMF40F-FS240-4 300 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . No. No. 1756-OV32E IFM Cat.August 2010 .Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules I/O Cat.

Can have up to 1 expandable module depending upon master used (total 16 pts or less). However. The 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 and 1492-IFM40F-FS24-4 modules and the 1492-CABLExY cable can be used with the 1756-OB16D module.5 mA.1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules Appendix G I/O Cat. the ’wire off’ diagnostic function of the 1756-IB16D module will not indicate a blown or removed fuse as a wire off condition. due to the 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 and 1492-IFM40F-FS24-4 module’s blown fuse leakage current rating. use the 1492-IFM40F-2 module. the ’no load’ diagnostic function of the 1756-OB16D module will not indicate a blown or removed fuse as a no load condition.August 2010 301 . you must use a 1492-IFM40F-F24D-2 module. Expandable to 16 by using a XIM120-BR or XIMF-24-2 module. If you require this diagnostic to function for a blown or removed fuse. due to the 1492-IFM40F-FS24A-4 module’s blown fuse leakage current rating. you must use a 1492-IFM40F-F24AD-4 module. 1756-OX8I IFM Cat. Use a 1492-IFM20D120-2 module for outputs. However. Expandable to 16 by using a XIM24-8R or XIMF-24-2 module. 1492-IFM40F 1492-IFM40DS24-4 IFM Type Feed-through Status-indicating IFM Description Standard Isolated with 24/48V AC/DC status indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with 120V AC status indicators and four terminals per output Pre-wired Cable 1492-CABLExY (x=cable length) 1492-IFM40DS120-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-2 1492-IFM40F-FS24-2 Fusible Isolated with extra terminals for 120V AC/DC outputs Isolated with extra terminals and 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators for outputs Isolated with 24V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output Isolated 240V AC/DC with four terminals per output Isolated with extra terminals and 120V AC blown fuse indicators Isolated with 120V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output Isolated with 240V AC/DC blown fuse indicators and four terminals per output 1492-IMF40F-FS24-4 1492-IFM40F-FS-4 1492-IMF40F-FS120-2 1492-IMF40F-FS120-4 1492-IMF40F-FS240-4 (1) This IFM is not recommended for use with I/O modules that have an off-state leakage current exceeding 0. Extender cable is provided. The 1492-IFM40F-FS24A-4 module and the 1492-CABLExY cable can be used with the 1756-IB16D module. No. No. as the IFM module fuses will not properly protect the circuit. IFMs status indicator provides output On/Off indication. the 1756-OB16D module ’no load’ diagnostic function will not work. Do not use this module in Output Sinking mode with fused IFM modules. One 1492-XIM24-16RF module is to be used with one 1492-XIM4024-16R or 1492-XIM4024-16RF master (32 pt. If this function is required. Due to the magnitude of current through the status indicator. Use a 1492-IFM20D120N or 1492-IFM20D120A-2 module for inputs. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . If you require this diagnostic to function for a blown or removed fuse. only).

025=2. and 5.0 m.) RTB at the I/O Module End 1756-TBNH 40 11.4 mm (0. insert the code for the desired cable length into the catalog number in place of the x: 005=0. of Conductors 20 Conductor Size 0.5 m.(1) 1492-CABLExTBNH 1492-CABLExTBCH (1) No. insert the code for the desired cable length into the catalog number in place of the x: 005=0. To order. and 5. 25=2.5 m. 2.7 mm (0. 2. Cat.5 m.46 in. No.45 in. Build-to-order cable lengths are also available.) 14.0 m.5 m.August 2010 .0 mm (0.55 in.0 m. of Conductors 20 40(2) Conductor Size 0. Build-to-order cable lengths are also available.) RTB at the I/O Module End 1756-TBNH 1756-TBCH Cables are available in lengths of 0.5 m.5 m.326 mm2 (22 AWG) Nominal Outer Diameter 9. Cat.0 m.) 1756-TBCH Cables are available in lengths of 0. 1.Appendix G 1492 IFMs for Digital I/O Modules The following tables describe the I/O module-ready. 050=5 m. (2) 302 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .(1) 1492-CABLExU 1492-CABLExV 1492-CABLExW 1492-CABLExX 1492-CABLExY 1492-CABLExZ (1) No. pre-wired cables available for use with your ControlLogix digital I/O modules. No. 010=1.36 in. 010=1.1 mm (0. 050=5 m.823 mm2 (18 AWG) Nominal Outer Diameter 11. 1.0 m.5 m. Four conductors are not connected to the RTB.5 m.0 m. To order.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . communication format Format that defines the type of information transferred between an I/O module and its owner-controller. direct connection An I/O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I/O modules. connection The communication mechanism from the controller to another module in the control system. In this case. compatible match An electronic keying protection mode that requires that the physical module and the module configured in the software to match according to vendor and catalog number. change of state (COS) Any change in the ON or OFF state of a point on an I/O module.August 2010 303 . the minor revision of the module must be greater than or equal to that of the configured slot. download The process of transferring the contents of a project on the workstation into the controller. coordinated system time (CST) Timer value which is kept synchronized for all modules within a single ControlBus chassis.Glossary broadcast Data transmissions to all addresses or functions. This format also defines the tags created for each I/O module. disable keying An electronic keying protection mode that requires no attributes of the physical module and the module configured in the software to match.

In this case. 304 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . field side Interface between user field wiring and I/O module. listen-only connection An I/O connection where another controller owns/provides the configuration and data for the module. interface module (IFM) A module that uses pre-wired cable to connect wiring to an I/O module.August 2010 . major revision and minor revision. inhibit A ControlLogix process that lets you configure an I/O module but prevent it from communicating with the owner-controller. major revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a functional change to the module. minor revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a change to the module that does not affect its function or interface. catalog number. exact match An electronic keying protection mode that requires the physical module and the module configured in the software to match according to vendor. the controller behaves as if the I/O module does not exist at all. multicast Data transmissions that reach a specific group of one or more destinations.Glossary electronic keying A feature where modules can be requested to perform an electronic check to make sure that the physical module is consistent with what was configured by the software. multiple owners A configuration set-up where multiple owner-controllers use exactly the same configuration information to simultaneously own an input module.

Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . rack connection An I/O connection where the 1756-CNB module collects digital I/O words into a rack image to conserve ControlNet connections and bandwidth.August 2010 305 . The NUT ranges from 2 ms to 100 ms. removable terminal block (RTB) Field wiring connector for I/O modules. remote connection An I/O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I/O modules in a remote chassis. • Outputs are not actively controlled and go to their configured Program mode.Glossary network update time (NUT) The smallest repetitive time interval in which the data can be sent on a ControlNet network. requested packet interval (RPI) The maximum amount of time between broadcasts of I/O data. removal and insertion under power (RIUP) ControlLogix feature that allows a user to install or remove a module or RTB while power is applied. • Inputs are still actively producing data. owner-controller The controller that creates and stores the primary configuration and communication connection to a module. program mode In this mode the following events occur: • Controller program is not executing. rack optimization A communication format in which the 1756-CNB module collects all digital I/O words in the remote chassis and sends them to controller as a single rack image.

the following events occur: • Controller program is executing • Inputs are actively producing data • Outputs are actively controlled service A system feature that is performed on user demand. system side Backplane side of the interface to the I/O module.Glossary run mode In this mode. such as fuse reset or diagnostic latch reset.August 2010 . tag A named area of the controller’s memory where data is stored. 306 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . timestamping A ControlLogix process that stamps a change in input data with a relative time reference of when that change occurred.

72. 119 extended-depth housing using 105 F fault reporting diagnostic input modules 93 modules 71. CSA.August 2010 307 . 32 Communication Format 113. CE 55. 73 data transmissions diagnostic change of state 78 RPI 27. 32. 117 usage tip 117 configuration accessing module tags 129 altering the default configuration 120 configuring diagnostic input module 126 diagnostic output module 126 modules in remote chassis 128 using RSLogix 5000 software 20 using RSNetWorx software 20 creating a new module 114 dynamic reconfiguration 127 editing in RSLogix 5000 software 127 local versus remote chassis 112 connections 23 direct connection 24 versus rack connections 23 rack connection 24 optimization 24 ControlNet network input modules in remote chassis 29 output modules in remote chassis 33 rack connection 24 tip on conserving bandwidth 28 E electronic keying 44. 27. 74 digital I/O 13 See also module direct connection 24 dynamic reconfiguration 127 C cage clamp RTB 101 Change of State (COS) data transmissions 28 diagnostic change of state 78 modules 78. 91 nondiagnostic output modules 62 D data exchange producer/consumer model 13. FM. 93 Class I Division 2 certification 55. 74 diagnostic Change of State 78 latching 65. 93 H housing choosing extended-depth housing 105 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 74 communication producer/consumer model 27.Index A agency certification Class I Division 2. 76 output modules 82. UL. 95 standard input modules 66 modules 43 output modules 67 fault type 248 features digital I/O modules 132 field power loss detection 1756-IA8D module 81 1756-OA8E module 65 field power loss word diagnostic input modules 94 output modules 96 standard output modules 68 fuse blown word diagnostic output modules 96 standard output modules 68 fusing diagnostic output modules 85.

74 Listen-only connections 35 rack optimization 24 local chassis input modules 27 output modules 32 locking tab 16 loss of field power 61.Index I I/O See module input online services 129 installing an I/O Module 97 interface module (IFM) 14 internal module operations 21 K keying electronic 44. 84 detection diagnostic output modules 92 M major revision 113 marking diagnostic data changes 75 mechanical keying 16 minor revision 113 module 1756-IA8D 134 1756-IA16 137 1756-IA16I 140 1756-IA32 143 1756-IB16 146 1756-IB16D 149 1756-IB16I 152 1756-IB32 155 1756-IC16 158 1756-IG16 161 1756-IH16I 164 1756-IM16I 167 1756-IN16 170 1756-IV16 173 1756-IV32 176 1756-OA8 179 1756-OA8D 182 1756-OA8E 185 1756-OA16 188 1756-OA16I 191 1756-OB8 194 1756-OB8EI 197 1756-OB8I 200 1756-OB16D 203 1756-OB16E 206 1756-OB16I 209 1756-OB16IS 212 1756-OB32 215 1756-OC8 218 1756-OG16 221 1756-OH8I 224 1756-ON8 227 1756-OV16E 230 1756-OV32E 233 1756-OW16I 236 1756-OX8I 239 module compatibility diagnostic input modules 69 output modules 70 nondiagnostic input modules 40 output modules 41 module fault word diagnostic input modules 94 output modules 96 standard output modules 68 module identification information 17 ASCII text string 17 major revision 17 minor revision 17 product code 17 product type 17 retrieving 43 serial number 17 status 17 vendor ID 17 WHO service 17 module status retrieving 17 module tags accessing in RSLogix 5000 software 129 multiple owners input modules 35 308 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .August 2010 . 72 mechanical 16 Removable Terminal Block (RTB) 99 L latching diagnostic 65.

Index N NEMA clamp (RTB) 102 no load detection diagnostic output modules 86 word diagnostic output modules 96 R rack connection usage recommendations 26 optimization 24. 73 status reporting diagnostic input modules 93 output modules 95 standard input modules 66 output modules 67 system time diagnostic timestamp 75 schedule outputs 72 timestamping inputs 72 P point level fault reporting diagnostic modules 76 producer/consumer network model 13. 35 multiple owners of input modules 35 output remote connections 33 rack connection 24 optimization 24. 27. 55. establishing a NUT 20 using with RSLogix 5000 software 20 O online services input modules 129 output modules 129 open wire detection 80 word diagnostic input modules 94 output data echo 32.August 2010 309 . 99 installing 107 mechanically keying the RTB 99 removing 108 using with the housing 104 wiring the RTB 100 Removal and Insertion Under Power (RIUP) 43. 26 remote chassis configuring remote I/O modules 128 input modules 29 output modules 33 Removable Terminal Block (RTB) 14. 83 fault states configuring in RSLogix 5000 software 82 online services 129 verification diagnostic output modules 87 verify word diagnostic output modules 96 ownership 19 controller-I/O module relationship 19 direct connection 24 input remote connections 29 Listen-only 24. 93 retrieving module ID information 17 retrieving module status 17 RPI setting 56 RSLogix 5000 software configuring I/O modules 20. 26 S scheduled outputs 72 spring clamp (RTB) 102 status indicators 16. 73 pulse test diagnostic output modules 89 usage tips 89 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 32. 43 using with RSNetWorx software 20 RSNetWorx software transferring data. 71 requested packet interval (RPI) 27. 16. 61.

55.Index T timestamping diagnostic timestamp 75 marking input data with time reference 72 tips conserving ControlNet bandwidth 28 listen-only communication format 117 using pulse test 89 troubleshooting fault status 55. 73 module status indicators 16. 100 310 Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P . 99. 73 W wiring connections choosing extended-depth housing 105 field wiring options 62.August 2010 . 73 I/O status 55. 84 Isolated and non-isolated modules 80 isolated and non-isolated modules 59 recommendations for wiring RTB 103 using an interface module (IFM) 14 the RTB 14.

.

available at http://www. and troubleshooting. and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools.html. complete this form. New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility. sample code and links to software service packs. contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative. follow these procedures. configuration. United States Outside United States Contact your distributor. Publication 1756-UM058E-EN-P .com/support/americas/phone_en.rockwellautomation.646. You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running. technical and application notes.rockwellautomation. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure.com/support/.March 2001 Copyright © 2010 Rockwell Automation. Printed in the U.Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products. However.com/literature/.rockwellautomation. For an additional level of technical phone support for installation. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document. At http://www. publication RA-DU002.S. we offer TechConnect support programs. United States or Canada Outside United States or Canada 1. you can find technical manuals. a knowledge base of FAQs.A.440.rockwellautomation. You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process. if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned. or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative.3434 Use the Worldwide Locator at http://www. Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. All rights reserved. Installation Assistance If you experience an anomoly within the first 24 hours of installation.com/support/. review the information that is contained in this manual. or visit http://www. Inc. For more information.August 2010 312 Supersedes Publication 1756-UM058C-EN-P . .